20.03.2013 Views

Download Syllabus of Mechanical Engineeing. - HIET

Download Syllabus of Mechanical Engineeing. - HIET

Download Syllabus of Mechanical Engineeing. - HIET

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

GROUP – A<br />

Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />

First Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />

Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />

AS – 1001 Applied Maths – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS – 1002 Applied Physics – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 1001 Engg. Graphics Drawing 0 0 6 6 100 50 - - 150<br />

HU – 1003 Comm. & Pr<strong>of</strong>. skills in English 3 1 0 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

EC – 1001 Basic Electronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

CS – 1001 Introduction to Computers & Programming in C 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />

AS – 1003 Applied Physics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

EC – 1002 Basic Electronics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 1002/<br />

IT – 1001<br />

Workshop Practice I/Information Technology<br />

Trainer Workshop I<br />

- - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />

CS – 1002 Computer Programming Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

TOTAL 15 5 15 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />

Note :-<br />

1. In campus 4 week vocational training for all branches will be held after the second semester and credit for the same will be given in the 3 rd Semester.<br />

In place <strong>of</strong> this UIIT will go for this 4 week vocational training during winter vacation at the end <strong>of</strong> 1 st Semester. However, Credits for the same will<br />

be given in the 3 rd Semester.<br />

2. Vocational Training consists <strong>of</strong> extended workshop training in shops <strong>of</strong> Carpentry, fitting, foundry, Welding and Electrical Workshop.<br />

3. Course Nos. AS-1001 and AS-1002 will be common for Groups A and B in First Semester.


GROUP – B<br />

Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />

First Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />

Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />

AS – 1001 Applied Maths – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS – 1002 Applied Physics – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS – 1004/<br />

IT – 1002<br />

Chemistry/Foundation <strong>of</strong> Information<br />

Technology<br />

3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

HU – 1002 Science, Technology & Society 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

EE – 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 1003 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />

(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />

AS – 1005/<br />

IT – 1003<br />

Applied Chemistry Lab / MATLAB Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

EE – 1002 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 1004<br />

IT – 1004<br />

Workshop Practice II / Information Technology<br />

Trainer Workshop II<br />

1 - 3 4 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 1005 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

TOTAL 20 6 9 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />

Note :-<br />

1. University Institute <strong>of</strong> Information Technology (UIIT) will <strong>of</strong>fer Information Technology Trainer Workshop I/II (IT – 101) / (IT – 104) in place <strong>of</strong> Workshop I/II<br />

(ME – 102) / (ME – 104).<br />

2. Course Nos. AS-1006 and AS-1007 will be common for Groups A and B in Second Semester.


GROUP – A<br />

Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />

Second Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />

Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />

AS – 1006 Applied Maths – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS – 1007 Applied Physics – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS – 1004/<br />

IT – 1002<br />

Chemistry/Foundation <strong>of</strong> Information<br />

Technology<br />

3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

HU – 1002 Science, Technology & Society 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

EE – 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 1003 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />

(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />

AS – 1005/<br />

IT – 1003<br />

Applied Chemistry Lab/MATLAB Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100


EE – 1002 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 1004/<br />

IT – 1004<br />

Workshop Practice II / Information Technology<br />

Trainer Workshop II<br />

1 - 3 4 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 1005 Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

TOTAL 20 6 9 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />

Note: -<br />

1. University Institute <strong>of</strong> Information Technology (UIIT) will <strong>of</strong>fer Information Technology Trainer Workshop I/II (IT – 1001) / (IT – 1004) in place <strong>of</strong><br />

Workshop I/II (ME – 1002) / (ME – 1004).<br />

2. Vocational Training consists <strong>of</strong> extended workshop training in shops <strong>of</strong> Carpentry, fitting, foundry, Welding and Electrical Workshop.<br />

3. Course Nos. AS-1001 and AS-1002 will be common for Groups A and B in First Semester.<br />

GROUP – B


Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (Common to all branches)<br />

Second Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule<br />

Course No. Subjects L T P Total Theory Sess. Pract. Sess. Total<br />

AS – 1006 Applied Maths – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS – 1007 Applied Physics – II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 1001 Engg. Graphics Drawing 0 0 6 6 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS – 1001 Comm. & Pr<strong>of</strong>. skills in English 3 1 0 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

EC – 1001 Basic Electronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

CS – 1001 Introduction to Computers & Programming in C 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

(Practicals/Drawing/Design)<br />

AS – 1004 Applied Physics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

EC – 1002 Basic Electronics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 1002/ IT<br />

– 1001<br />

Workshop Practice I / Information Technology<br />

Trainer Workshop I<br />

- - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />

CS – 1002 Computer Programming Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

TOTAL 15 5 15 35 600 300 200 200 1300<br />

Note: -<br />

1. In campus 4 week vocational training for all branches will be held after the second semester and credit for the same will be given in the 3 rd Semester. In place <strong>of</strong><br />

this UIIT will go for this 4 week vocational training during winter vacation at the end <strong>of</strong> 1 st Semester. However, Credits for the same will be given in the 3 rd<br />

Semester.<br />

2. Course Nos. AS-1006 and AS-1007 will be common for Groups A and B in Second Semester.


Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />

Third Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />

Course no. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />

AS – 3004 Advanced Math & Computer Programming 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS(ID) – 3002 Principles <strong>of</strong> Engg. Eco. & Mgmt. 3 - - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 3002 Applied Thermodynamics 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 3003 S.O.M. –I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 3004 Machine Drawing 1 - 6 7 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 3005 Fluid Mechanics 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />

Practical/ drawing/design<br />

AS – 3005 Computer Programming Lab - - 2 2 50 50 100<br />

ME – 3006 Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 3007 S.O.M. lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME (ID) – 3001 Vocational training - - - - - - 50 50 100<br />

18 4 12 34 600 300 200 200 1300<br />

1


2 ND YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING<br />

Semester IV Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />

Course no. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />

ME – 4001<br />

Metrology & Interchangeability. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 4002 Manufacturing Technology – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 4003 Strength <strong>of</strong> Material-II. 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />

AS/ME-4004 Computer based Numerical Analysis 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 4005 Heat Power Engineering 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 4006 Material Science & Engineering 3 0 - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />

Practical/ drawing /design<br />

ME – 4007 Manufacturing Practice - I - - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />

AS/ME-4008 Computer based Numerical Analysis Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 4009 Heat Power Engineering Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 4010 Material science Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

19 5 9 33 1300<br />

› 4 weeks Industrial Training at end <strong>of</strong> IV Semester.<br />

2


3 rd YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING<br />

Semester V Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />

Course No. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />

ME – 5001 Kinematics <strong>of</strong> machines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 5002 Machine Design –I 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 5003 Fluid Machines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 5004 I.C. Engines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 5005 Manufacturing Tech.-II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

Practical/ drawing /design<br />

ME – 5006 Kinematics <strong>of</strong> machines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 5007 Fluid Machines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 5008 I.C. Engines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 5009 Manufacturing Practice-II - - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 5010 Autocad Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 5011 Industrial training 50 50 100<br />

16 5 11 32 500 250 300 300 1350<br />

3


Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />

Sixth Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />

Course No. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />

ME – 6001 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> machines 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 6002 Machine Design -II 4 2 - 6 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 6003 Machine Tools 3 - - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 6004 Measurement & controls 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 6005 Industrial Engg. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 6006 Heat Transfer 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

Practical/ drawing /design<br />

ME – 6007 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Machines Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 6008 Heat Transfer Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 6009 Measurement & Control Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 6010 Seminar & G.D - - 2 2 - - - 50 50<br />

19 6 8 33 600 300 150 200 1250<br />

› 6 weeks Industrial Training at end <strong>of</strong> VI Semester.<br />

4


Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />

Semester VII Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />

Course no. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />

ME – 7001 <strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibrations 4 1 - 5 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 7002 Automobile – Engg. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 7003 Ref. & Air-cond. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 7004 Operations Research 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 7005 Mechatronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 7006 Dept. Elective – I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

Practical/ drawing /design<br />

ME – 7007 Automobile – Engg.Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 7008 Ref. & Air Cond. Lab - - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 7009 Minor project - - 4 4 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 7010 Industrial Training - - - - - - 50 50 100<br />

19 6 8 33 600 300 200 200 1300<br />

DEPARTMENTAL ELEECTIVE - I<br />

Optimization Methods <strong>of</strong><br />

Engineering Systems<br />

ME – 7011 Computer aided vehicle design ME – 7016<br />

Machine Tool Design ME - 7012 Flexible Manufacturing<br />

System<br />

ME – 7017<br />

Total Quality Control ME - 7013 Non – Conventional Energy<br />

Sources<br />

ME – 7018<br />

Pumps, Blowers and Compressors ME – 7014 Design <strong>of</strong> Heat Exchangers ME – 7019<br />

Design <strong>of</strong> Air Conditioning<br />

Systems<br />

ME - 7015 Experimental Stress Analysis ME - 7020<br />

5


Scheme <strong>of</strong> Examination (<strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering)<br />

Eighth Semester Exam Schedule Practical Schedule Total<br />

Course No. Subject L T P Total Theory Sess Pract Sess<br />

ME – 8001 CAD 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 8002 Power Plant Engg. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

ME – 8003 Entrepreneurship Development 3 - - 3 100 50 - - 150<br />

xx-xxxx Deptt. Elective-II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

xx-xxxx Open Elective 3 1 - 4 100 50 - - 150<br />

Practical/ drawing /design<br />

ME – 8005 CAD Lab - - 3 3 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 8006 Major Project › - - 9 9 - - 100 150 250<br />

ME – 8007 Entrepreneurship Development<br />

Laboratory<br />

- - 2 2 - - 50 50 100<br />

ME – 8008 Comprehensive Viva- Voce - - - - - - 100 100<br />

15 4 14 33 500 250 300 250 1300<br />

› Major Project to start in 7 th Semester and continue in 8 th Semester.<br />

6


Maintenance Engineering ME - 8010<br />

DEPARTMENT ELECTIVES - II<br />

Material Handling and Plant Layout ME – 8015<br />

Robotics Engineering ME - 8011 Gas Turbines and Jet propulsion ME – 8016<br />

Ergonomics and Workplace ME – 8012 Emerging Automotive Technologies ME – 8017<br />

Design<br />

Modern Manufacturing Processes ME - 8013 Theory <strong>of</strong> Elasticity and Plasticity ME - 8018<br />

Cryogenics Engineering ME – 8014 Advance Operation Research ME - 8019<br />

7


Group – A<br />

1


Applied Maths-I (AS-1001)<br />

Course Code AS-1001 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Maths-I<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />

30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section<br />

E will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer<br />

type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />

end examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the<br />

respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />

semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questions in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section A<br />

Function <strong>of</strong> several variables, limits and continuity, partial derivatives, higher order partial<br />

derivatives, Euler’s theorem, Jacobians, maxima <strong>of</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> two variables. Lagrange’s<br />

method <strong>of</strong> multipliers, double and triple integrals, change <strong>of</strong> variables, applications <strong>of</strong> double<br />

and triple integrals, beta and gamma functions.<br />

Section B<br />

Reductions formulae, definite integral as limit <strong>of</strong> a sum, area under a curve, length <strong>of</strong> an arc <strong>of</strong><br />

a curve. Linear differential equations <strong>of</strong> second order with constant coefficients:<br />

complementary functions, particular integrals, Euler homogeneous form, and variation <strong>of</strong><br />

parameters. Convergence <strong>of</strong> series, Taylor’s theorem with remainder, power series expansion<br />

<strong>of</strong> functions, Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series.<br />

Section C<br />

Matrices: review <strong>of</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> determinants. Elementary operations on matrices.<br />

Homogeneous and nonhomogenius system <strong>of</strong> linear equations and their properties, bilinear,<br />

quadratic, hermitian and skew-hermeitian forms. Eigenvalues <strong>of</strong> hermitian, skew-hermitian and<br />

unitary matrices.<br />

Section D<br />

Complex analytic functions: brief review <strong>of</strong> complex numbers, complex variable, concept <strong>of</strong><br />

limit, continuity and derivatives <strong>of</strong> analytical function, cauchy-riemann equations, harmonic<br />

function, complex series, some elementary functions, logarithm.<br />

Books:<br />

1. Kryszig, Thomas-Finny, Advanced Engineering Mathematics.<br />

2. S.S. Sastri, “Engineering Mathematics (2 nd edition) Vol-I and Vol-II.<br />

3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics.<br />

4. Piskunov, Differential and Integral Calculus.<br />

5. R.K.Jain and S.R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering, Mathematics.<br />

6. Michael D. Greenberg, Advanced Engg. Mathematics.<br />

2


Applied Physics-I (AS-1002)<br />

Course Code AS-1002 Credits-3 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Physics-I<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />

30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />

will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />

in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section A<br />

Physical Optics: Interference-division <strong>of</strong> wavefront-fresnel’s biprism, division <strong>of</strong> amplititude,<br />

interference by Newton’s rings, michelson’s interferometer and its applications.<br />

Diffraction- difference between fraunh<strong>of</strong>er and fresnel diffraction through slit, plane<br />

transmission grating, its dispersal and resolving powers Polarization- polarized and unpolarised<br />

light, double refraction, nicol prism, quarter and half wave plates, polarimetry, biquartz and<br />

laurents half shade polarimeters, simple concepts <strong>of</strong> photoelasticity.<br />

Special theory <strong>of</strong> Realitivity: Michelson-Moreley experiments, Realiticistic transformations,<br />

Variation <strong>of</strong> mass with velocity, mass energy equivalence.<br />

Section B<br />

Wave and oscillations: Simple harmonic oscillations, simple concept <strong>of</strong> harmonic oscillator,<br />

resonance, quality factor, E.M wave theory, Review <strong>of</strong> basic ideas, Maxwell’s equations and<br />

their experimental basis. Simple plane wave equations, simple concepts <strong>of</strong> wave-guides and coaxial<br />

cables, poynting vector.<br />

Dielelectrics: Molecular Theory, polarization, displacement susceptibility, dielectric<br />

coefficient, permitivity and various relations between these Gauss’s law in the presence <strong>of</strong><br />

dielectric, energy stored in an electric field. Behavior <strong>of</strong> dielectric in field –simple concepts,<br />

dielectric losses.<br />

Section C<br />

Quantum Physics: Difficulities with classical physics, Introduction to quantum mechanicssimple<br />

concepts, discovery <strong>of</strong> Planck’s constant. De Broglie Waves, Phase and Group<br />

Velocities, Particle diffraction, Uncertainty Principle, the wave equation, Postulates <strong>of</strong> quantum<br />

mechanics, Time dependent and independent Schrodinger equation, Expectation Values, Eigen<br />

Values and Eigen functions, Particle in a box, Finite Potential Well, Tunnel Effect, Harmonic<br />

oscillator. Statistical distributions, Maxwell Boltzmann Statistics, Quantum statistics.<br />

3


Section D<br />

Nuclear Physics: Neutron cross-section, nuclear fission, moderators, nuclear reactors, reactor<br />

criticality, interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with matter-basic concepts, Radiation Detectors-ionization<br />

chamber, G.M counter, scintillations & solid state detectors, cloud Chamber & bubble<br />

chamber.<br />

Books:<br />

1. Arthur Beiser, Concepts <strong>of</strong> Modern Physics, 5 th International edition Tata McGraw Hill<br />

2. Wehr, Richards & Adair, Physics <strong>of</strong> the Atom.<br />

3. A.S.Vasudeva, Modern Engg. Physics.<br />

4


Engg. Graphics Drawing (ME-1001)<br />

Course Code ME-1001 Credits-4 L-2, T-0, P-4<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Engg. Graphics Drawing<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 66 (L=22, P=44)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2)<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Max Marks: 50 Min. Pass Marks: 54%<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section<br />

E will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer<br />

type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />

end examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the<br />

respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />

semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questions in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

3. This course will be conducted in drawing hall fitted with drawing tables and drafters.<br />

Section A<br />

Drawing Techniques: Various type <strong>of</strong> lines, principal <strong>of</strong> dimensioning, size and location as<br />

per IS code <strong>of</strong> practice (SP-46) for general engg. Drawing. Practice <strong>of</strong> drawing, various types<br />

<strong>of</strong> lines and dimensioning exercises. Drawing exercises pertaining to symbols. Conventions and<br />

Exercise <strong>of</strong> lettering techniques. Free hand printing <strong>of</strong> letters and numerals in 3, 5, 8 and 12<br />

mm sizes, vertical and inclined at 75 degree. Instrumental lettering in single stroke. Linear<br />

Scale, Diagonal scale & vernier scale.<br />

Projection <strong>of</strong> Points, Lines and Planes: Concept <strong>of</strong> horizontal and vertical planes. First and third<br />

angle projections: projections <strong>of</strong> point and lines, true length <strong>of</strong> lines and their horizontal and<br />

vertical traces, projection <strong>of</strong> planes and their traces. Auxiliary planes.<br />

Section B<br />

Projections <strong>of</strong> Solids: Right regular solids <strong>of</strong> revolution and polyhedrons etc. and their<br />

auxiliary views.<br />

Section C<br />

Sectioning <strong>of</strong> Solids: Principal <strong>of</strong> sanctioning, types <strong>of</strong> sanctioning and their practice on<br />

projection <strong>of</strong> solids, sectioning by auxiliary planes.<br />

Isometric Projection: Concept <strong>of</strong> isometric views: isometric scale and exercise on isometric<br />

views.<br />

Section D<br />

Practice In: Orthographic projections<br />

Development <strong>of</strong> Surfaces: Development <strong>of</strong> surfaces <strong>of</strong> cylinders, cones, pyramid, prism etc.<br />

exercises involving development <strong>of</strong> unique surfaces like Y-piece, hopper, tray, truncated pieces<br />

etc.<br />

5


Intersection <strong>of</strong> Surfaces: Intersection <strong>of</strong> cylinders, cones and prisms with their axes being<br />

vertical, horizontal or inclines. Exercise on intersection <strong>of</strong> solids-cylinder and cylinder, cylinder<br />

and cone, prism and prism.<br />

Note: Some exercise in each Section should be done using Auto CAD.<br />

Books:<br />

1. N.D. Bhatt, Elementary Engineering Drawing.<br />

2. P.S.Gill, Engineering Drawing & Engg. Graphics.<br />

3. L.V. Lakshminarayan & R.S. Vaish Engineering Graphics.<br />

4. N.D. Bhatt and V.M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing Plane and Solid Geometry, 44 th Edition<br />

2002, Charotar Publishing House.<br />

5. James D. Bethune, Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD 2002, Publisher-Pearson Education.<br />

6. P.S.Gill, engineering Graphics and Drawing, S.K.Kataria and Sons Millennium Edition.<br />

7. T. Jeyapoovan, Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD 2000, 1 st Edition 2002, Vikas<br />

Publishing House.<br />

8. K. Venugopal: Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD 4 th Edition, New Age<br />

International Publishers Ltd. New Delhi.<br />

6


Communication & Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Skills in English (HU-1003)<br />

Course Code HU-1003 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Communication & Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Skills in English<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />

30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />

will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />

in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section A<br />

Reading Skills: The skill <strong>of</strong> effective reading – eye movements, fixations, regression and visual<br />

wandering, the right approach to reading.; Factors affecting the style <strong>of</strong> reading – reader related<br />

material related and environmental; Memory, retention, association <strong>of</strong> red material.<br />

Kinds <strong>of</strong> Reading: Introduction to phonetics – familiarization with speech sound and their<br />

symbols – articulation <strong>of</strong> speech sounds – stress and intonation.<br />

Grammar: Word building use <strong>of</strong> punctuation marks, articles, tenses, abbreviations, prepositions,<br />

idioms & phrases transformation <strong>of</strong> sentences, incorrect to correct English, single word for a<br />

group <strong>of</strong> words.<br />

Section B<br />

Writing Skills: Business letters: principles, structure and style <strong>of</strong> writing business i.e., sales<br />

letters, claim and adjustment letters, inviting quotations/tenders, writing a memo, job application<br />

letters, preparing a personal resume; Effective Meetings: Qualities i.e. planning, processing the<br />

discussion, conducting a meeting use <strong>of</strong> different type <strong>of</strong> questions, summaries, handling problem<br />

situations and problem people, writing notices, agenda and minutes <strong>of</strong> meetings; Report writing:<br />

Characteristics, types <strong>of</strong> reports, structure <strong>of</strong> technical/research reports, preparatory steps to<br />

report writing; Elements <strong>of</strong> style: Definition <strong>of</strong> style, characteristics <strong>of</strong> a good technical style –<br />

practical hints to improve the style <strong>of</strong> writing ; précis writing; Comprehension <strong>of</strong> passages (May<br />

be picked up from the books recommended for reading).<br />

Section C<br />

Listening Skills: Barriers to listening, effective listening and feedback skills, Telephone<br />

techniques. Considerations <strong>of</strong> listening and voice, developing telephone skills – preparing for the<br />

call, controlling the call follow up action. Handling difficult calls and difficult callers.<br />

Section D<br />

Speaking And Discussion Skills: Effective speaking: Preparation i.e., deciding the objective,<br />

preparing the environments, organizing the material selection <strong>of</strong> words, voice modulation, speed,<br />

expression, body language, dealing with questions, dealing with nervousness, presentation <strong>of</strong><br />

7


audio-visual aids; Group Discussions: The art <strong>of</strong> participating in group discussion i.e., initiative ,<br />

cooperation with group members, analysis <strong>of</strong> the issue, putting one’s views effectively,<br />

establishing leadership.<br />

Assignments / Seminars / discussions may be given for following skill development.<br />

a) Word processing a document<br />

b) Report writing<br />

c) Preparing agenda for meeting<br />

d) Preparing minutes <strong>of</strong> the meeting / seminars.<br />

e) Press Releases<br />

f) Preparing a Brochure<br />

g) Advertisements<br />

h) Preparing a power point slide show on a PC / OHP<br />

i) Any other exercise decided by the course Pr<strong>of</strong>essor.<br />

Recommended Books:<br />

1. Sheila HA Smith, M and Thomas, L., Methuen, Reading to Learn; London, 1982.<br />

2. McGraw, SJ;Basic Managerial Skills for all, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India, New Delhi 1991<br />

3. Technical Reporting Writing British Association for commercial and Industrial Education,<br />

BACIE, 1992<br />

4. Chrissie Wright (Ed.); Handbook <strong>of</strong> Practical Communication Skills; JAICO Books<br />

5. K.K.Sinha, Business Communication, Galgotia Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1999.<br />

6. English Grammar<br />

7. David Cameron, Mastering Modern English.<br />

8. Robert L. Shuster, Written Communication in Business.<br />

9. Ron Ludlow & Ferous panton. The Essence <strong>of</strong> Effective Communication.<br />

10. Ragmond & Petit, business Communication.<br />

11. Common Errors in English, by Sudha Publication (P) Ltd., B-5, Prabhat Kiran Building,<br />

Rajendra Place, New Delhi – 110008.<br />

12. Abul Hashem, Common Errors in English, Ramesh Publishing House, Daryagang New<br />

Delhi.<br />

13. Objective English by Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

14. R.K.Bansal & J.B. Harrison, spoken English for India, Orient Longman.<br />

15. Veena Kumar, The Sounds <strong>of</strong> English, Makaav Educational S<strong>of</strong>tware, New Delhi.<br />

16. R.C.Sharma & Krishna Mohan, Business Correspondence and Report writing, Tat McGraw<br />

Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi<br />

17. Group Discussion by Sudha Publications and Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi.<br />

Recommended Readings<br />

1. Business @ The Speed <strong>of</strong> thought, Bill Gates.<br />

2. My Experiments with Truth, M.K.Ghandhi<br />

3. Wings <strong>of</strong> Fire, A.P.J. Kalam<br />

4. An Autobiography, Jwahar Lal Nehru.<br />

8


Basic Electronics (EC – 1001)<br />

Course Code EC -1001 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Basic Electronics<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />

30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />

will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />

in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section -A<br />

Brief review <strong>of</strong> Band Theory, transport phenomenon in semiconductors, Electrons and holes in<br />

Intrinsic semiconductor, Donor and acceptor Impurities, charge densities in semiconductor.<br />

PN Junction, Reverse and Forward bias conditions, Diode Characteristic and parameter, Ideal vs.<br />

Practical diode.equivalent circuits and frequency response. rectification-half and full wave,<br />

Zener and Avalanche diode, its role as regulator, photodiode.<br />

Section B<br />

Bipolar junction transistor (BJT) and their characteristics as circuit and gain elements.<br />

Two port network analysis, h-parameters and trans-conductance. Equivalent circuits for JFET<br />

and MOSFET, enhancement mode and depletion mode MOSFETS.<br />

Unijunction transistor (UJT), UJT characteristics, parameters and circuit operation.<br />

Section C<br />

Bias for transistor amplifier: fixed bias, emitter feed back bias. Feedback principles. Types <strong>of</strong><br />

feedback, Stabilization <strong>of</strong> gain, reduction <strong>of</strong> non-linear distortion, change <strong>of</strong> inputs and output<br />

resistance by negative feedback in amplifier. Amplifiers coupling, types <strong>of</strong> coupling, Amplifier<br />

pass band, Eq circuits for BJT at high frequency response <strong>of</strong> CE, RC-Coupled amplifiers at mid,<br />

low and high frequencies.<br />

Section D<br />

Semi conductor processing, active and passive elements, Integrated circuits, bias for integrated<br />

circuits. Basic operational amplifier, applications <strong>of</strong> operational amplifier – adder, subtractor,<br />

Integrator, differentiator and comparator, Photo transistor: its characteristics and applications.<br />

Reference Books:-<br />

1. A.P.Malvino.Electronic Principles.<br />

2. J.D. Ryder Electronic Fundamentals and Applications.<br />

3. J.Millman and C.C.Halkias Electronic Circuits & Devices.<br />

4. J.Millman & C.C.Halkias Integrated Circuits & Devices.<br />

5. N.N.Bhargava & Kulshrestha, Electronic Devices.<br />

9


Introduction to Computer & Programming in C (CS-1001)<br />

Course Code CS-1001 Credits-4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Introduction to Computer & Programming in C<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 100 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional test (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments<br />

30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D and E. Section E<br />

will be Compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five question in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C and D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />

in section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section A<br />

Fundamental Computer Concept: Operating system fundamentals, disk basics, VDU Basics,<br />

Keyboard basics, introduction to complier, interpreter, assembler, liner and loader and their inter<br />

relationship, Introduction to basics <strong>of</strong> Information Technology.<br />

Section B<br />

Problem solving with Computers: Algorithms, pseudocodes and Flowcharts, Debugging, testing<br />

and documentation, structure-programming concepts, top down and bottom-up design<br />

approaches. Data types, Constants, variables, arithmetic and logical expressions, data inputs and<br />

output, assignments statements, conditional statements.<br />

Section C<br />

Iteration, arrays processing, use-defined data types, functions, recursion, parameter passing by<br />

reference and by value.<br />

Section D<br />

Structure, Multiple structures, Arrays <strong>of</strong> structure, Unions,<br />

Files: reading, writing text and binary files, pointers, character pointers, pointers to arrays, arrays<br />

<strong>of</strong> pointer to structures.<br />

(The programming language C is to be taught along with the course in detail.)<br />

Books:<br />

1. Kanetkar, “Let us C”, BPB Publications<br />

2. Richie and Kerningham, “C Programming”<br />

3. V Rajaraman “Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> computers”<br />

4. D.Dromey, “How to solve it by computers” (Prentics Hall)<br />

5. E. Balaguruswamy, “Programming in C”, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

10


Applied Physics Lab (AS-1003)<br />

Course Code AS-1003 Credits-2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Physics Lab<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab. work (2 hrs. per week)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Continuous Assessment Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />

Lab Record 25%<br />

Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />

Note: (Two experiments to be done from each section, total number <strong>of</strong> experiments required to be<br />

performed 10 to be decided by the teacher concerned and availability <strong>of</strong> equipment.)<br />

Section A<br />

1. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by Newton’s rings experiment.<br />

2. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by Fresnel’s Biprism experiment.<br />

3. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by using the phenomenon <strong>of</strong> diffraction <strong>of</strong> light at a<br />

straight edge.<br />

4. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> various colors <strong>of</strong> white light with the help <strong>of</strong> a plane transmission<br />

diffraction grating.<br />

5. To find the wavelength <strong>of</strong> sodium light by Michelson interferometer.<br />

Section B<br />

1. To find the refractive index and cauchy’s constant <strong>of</strong> a prism by using spectrometer.<br />

2. To find the resolving power <strong>of</strong> a telescope.<br />

3. To study the beam parameters <strong>of</strong> a helium-neon laser.<br />

4. To find the specific rotation <strong>of</strong> sugar solution by using a polarimeter.<br />

5. To find the velocity <strong>of</strong> Ultrasonic Waves in a given liquid.<br />

6. To find the specific rotation <strong>of</strong> sugar using polarimeter<br />

Electricity and Magnetism<br />

Section C<br />

1. To compare the capacitances <strong>of</strong> two capacitors by De’sauty Bridge.<br />

2. To find the flashing & quenching potentials <strong>of</strong> Argon & also to find the capacitance <strong>of</strong> unknown<br />

capacitor.<br />

3. To find the temperature coefficient <strong>of</strong> resistance by using platinum resistance thermometer and<br />

Callender &n Griffith bridge.<br />

Section D<br />

1. To find the frequency <strong>of</strong> AC mains by using sonometer.<br />

2. To find the low resistance by carrey – Foster’s bridge.<br />

11


3. To find the resistance <strong>of</strong> a galvanometer by Thomson’s constant deflection method using a post<br />

<strong>of</strong>fice box.<br />

4. To find the value <strong>of</strong> high resistance by Substitution method.<br />

5. To find the value <strong>of</strong> high resistance by Leakage method.<br />

6. To convert a galvanometer into an ammeter <strong>of</strong> a given range.<br />

7. To study the variation <strong>of</strong> magnetic field with distance and to find the radius <strong>of</strong> coil by Stewart<br />

and Gee’s apparatus.<br />

8. To find the reduction factor <strong>of</strong> two turn coil <strong>of</strong> tangent galvanometer by using a copper<br />

voltameter.<br />

Modern Physics:<br />

Section E<br />

1. To find the value <strong>of</strong> e/m for electrons by Helical method.<br />

2. To determine the charge <strong>of</strong> an electron by Millikan’s oil drop method.<br />

3. To find the ionization potential <strong>of</strong> Argon. Mercury using a thyratron tube.<br />

4. To find the value <strong>of</strong> Planck’s constant by using a photoelectric cell.<br />

Section F<br />

1. To study the various crystal structures using Beed Model.<br />

2. To calculate the hysteresis loss by tracing a B-H curve for a given sample.<br />

3. To determine the band gap <strong>of</strong> an intrinsic semiconductor by four probe method.<br />

4. To determine the resisitivity <strong>of</strong> a semi-conductor by four probe method at different temperatures.<br />

5. To determine the Hall co-efficient.<br />

6. To study the photovoltaic cell & hence to verify the inverse square law.<br />

Books:<br />

1. Practical Physics-S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar.<br />

2. Advanced Practical Physics Vol. I & II – S.P. Singh<br />

3. Practical Physics for B.Sc I, II and III - C.L.Arora.<br />

12


Basic Electronics Lab (EC-1002)<br />

Course Code EC-1002 Credits-2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Basic Electronics Lab<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 24 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab. work (2 hrs. per week)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Laboratory<br />

Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />

Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />

Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. (a) To study the use and scope <strong>of</strong> using an oscilloscope as a measuring device in an electronic<br />

laboratory.<br />

(b) To study the use and scope <strong>of</strong> using a multimeter (digital and analog) as a measuring device<br />

in an electronics laboratory.<br />

(c) To study the use and scope <strong>of</strong> function generator as a signal source in an electronics<br />

laboratory.<br />

Set up an experiment to:<br />

2. Draw forward bias and reverse bias characteristics <strong>of</strong> a pn junction diode and use it as a half<br />

wave and full wave rectifier.<br />

3. Draw the characteristics <strong>of</strong> a zener diode and use it as a voltage regulator.<br />

4. Draw characteristics <strong>of</strong> common base configuration <strong>of</strong> pnp transistor.<br />

5. Draw characteristics <strong>of</strong> common emitter configuration <strong>of</strong> an npn transistor.<br />

6. Draw characteristics <strong>of</strong> common drain configuration <strong>of</strong> a MOSFET.<br />

7. Find the voltage and current gain <strong>of</strong> single stage common emitter amplifier.<br />

8. Draw the characteristics curve <strong>of</strong> UJT.<br />

9. Find the voltage gain <strong>of</strong> single stage voltage series feedback amplifier.<br />

10. Use operational amplifier as<br />

I) Inverting amplifier<br />

II) Non-inverting amplifier<br />

III) Comparator<br />

11. Use operational amplifier as<br />

I) Integrator<br />

II) Differentiator<br />

12. Use operational amplifier as<br />

I) Adder<br />

II) Precision amplifier<br />

13. Find the overall voltage gain and current gain <strong>of</strong> a two stage RC coupled amplifier.<br />

13


Basic electronics should stress on interfacing with real life devices and general-purpose linear units.<br />

Emphasis is on system design and not on discrete components, some <strong>of</strong> the components around which<br />

exercises can be built are<br />

1. SCR as triacs and power control.<br />

2. Power supplies starting with zener.<br />

3. Op to compliers and isolations where photo diode, transistors, leds are used.<br />

4. Laser diode (laser pointer)<br />

5. Op amps<br />

6. Op amps for instrument amplifiers.<br />

Note: - Record to be maintained in the laboratory record book for evaluation. Usage <strong>of</strong> breadboard<br />

approach to be encouraged.<br />

14


Workshop Practice-I (ME-1002)<br />

Course Code ME-1002 Credits-4 L-1, T-0, P-4<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Workshop Practice-I<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 65 hrs. (2 hrs. each) (L=13, Lab Session=26 (2 hrs. each))<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Laboratory<br />

Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />

Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />

Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments: -<br />

Fitting Shop: -<br />

Introduction to the tools used in Fitting Shop and various processes in Fitting shop.<br />

1. To make a square piece <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />

2. To make V-matching joint <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />

3. To make a V-notch.<br />

Machine Shop: -<br />

Introduction to various machine tools and machine parts, such as Lathes, drilling machine, grinders etc.<br />

Cutting tools and operations.<br />

1. Facing and turning on mild steel rod on Lathe Machine.<br />

2. To make a groove on lathe machine.<br />

3. Taper turning operation on Lathe Machine.<br />

Carpentry and Pattern making Shop: -<br />

Carpentry and Pattern Making Various types <strong>of</strong> timber and practice boards, defects in timber,<br />

seasoning <strong>of</strong> wood, tools, operations and joints. Introduction to the tools used in carpentry shop.<br />

1. To make the ‘T’ lap joint.<br />

2. To make ‘T’ Dove-tail joint.<br />

3. To make Mortise & Tennon joint.<br />

Welding Shop: -<br />

Introduction to different welding methods, welding equipment, electrodes, welding joints, awareness<br />

<strong>of</strong> welding defects.<br />

1. To make a lap joint.<br />

2. To make a T joint.<br />

3. To make a V-butt joint.<br />

15


Smithy and Forging: -<br />

Introduction to forging tools, equipments and operations, Forgability <strong>of</strong> metals.<br />

1. To make a ring <strong>of</strong> mild steel by cold forging process.<br />

2. To make S-hook by hot forging process.<br />

3. To make chisel by hot forging process.<br />

Foundry Shop: -<br />

Introduction to moulding materials, moulds, use <strong>of</strong> cores, melting furnaces, tools and equipment used<br />

in Foundry.<br />

1. Make a single piece pattern mould.<br />

2. To make spilt pattern mould.<br />

3. To make mould and core and assemble it.<br />

Electrical and Electronics Shop: -<br />

1. Introduction to electric wiring.<br />

2. Exercises preparation <strong>of</strong> PCBs, involving soldering <strong>of</strong> electrical & electronic application.<br />

Books: -<br />

1. Workshop Technology by Chapman.<br />

2. Manufacturing Processes by Begman.<br />

3. Manufacturing Materials and processes by JS Campbell.<br />

Note: - Industrial visits can be undertaken to various industries available in the vicinity <strong>of</strong> the<br />

concerned Engineering College. One project at the end <strong>of</strong> semester has to be submitted by a<br />

group <strong>of</strong> six students.<br />

16


Workshop Practice-II (ME-1004)<br />

Course Code ME-1004 Credits-4 L-1, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Workshop Practice-II<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 52 Hrs. (L=13, Lab Session = 20(2 hrs. each))<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Laboratory<br />

Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />

Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />

Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments: -<br />

Fitting Shop: -<br />

1. Drilling and Tapping in a M.S. piece.<br />

2. To make a male-female joint (Taper type) <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />

Machine Shop: -<br />

1. To perform boring operation on lathe machine.<br />

2. To perform knurling and threading operation on lathe machine.<br />

3. Step turning operation on a lathe machine.<br />

Carpentry and Pattern making Shop: -<br />

1. To make a single piece pattern <strong>of</strong> connecting rod.<br />

2. To make a self-cod pattern.<br />

3. To make a split pattern.<br />

Welding Shop: -<br />

1. To make a V butt joint in horizontal position.<br />

2. To make a V butt joint in vertical position.<br />

3. To perform Gas welding operation.<br />

Smithy and Forging: -<br />

1. To make a cube from a circular bar.<br />

2. To make a tong using hot forging operations.<br />

3. To perform drawing down operation.<br />

Foundry Shop: -<br />

1. To make a mould and perform casting operation.<br />

2. Study <strong>of</strong> casting defects and its remedies.<br />

Books: -<br />

1. Workshop Technology by Chapman<br />

2. Manufacturing Processes by Begman<br />

3. Manufacturing Materials and Processes by J.S. Campbell<br />

Note: - Industrial visits can be undertaken to various industries available in the vicinity <strong>of</strong> the<br />

concerned Engineering College. One project at the end <strong>of</strong> semester has to be submitted by a<br />

group <strong>of</strong> six students.<br />

17


Information Technology Trainer Workshop-I (IT-1001)<br />

Course Code IT-1001 Credits-4 L-1, T-0, P-4<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Information Technology Trainer Workshop-I<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 63 Hrs. (L=13, Lab Session = 20(2 hrs. each))<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Laboratory<br />

Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />

Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />

Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

The workshop will provide training <strong>of</strong> hardware and s<strong>of</strong>tware theory <strong>of</strong> a computer based on Pentium-IV<br />

CPU with windows 98 as an operating system with DMP/ DeskJet Printer/ Laser Printer.<br />

(i) Study <strong>of</strong> Computer Mother Board: -<br />

a) CPU, DMA, Wait state, RAM / ROM, NMI, Logic Address, reset, I / O Ports, Device<br />

Drivers, Power Management, Block Diagram.<br />

(ii) Study <strong>of</strong> bus, Slots and Ports: -<br />

a) ISA, EISA, VESA, PCI, MCA, AGP, USB, AMR<br />

b) Parallel, Serial – RS 232C, USB<br />

(iii) Study <strong>of</strong> Memories on a PC: -<br />

a) Memory – Types, Selection, Installation<br />

b) ROM BIAS – Types, Setup, Installation<br />

c) Floppy Drive – Types, R/W head, Control Card, Spindle Motor, Stepper Motor,<br />

Termination Resistor, Block Diagram, Write protect, Testing.<br />

d) Hard Disk – Jumper Setting, Configuration, HDC, Installation S<strong>of</strong>tware, Testing, Block<br />

Diagram.<br />

(iv) Study <strong>of</strong> Input/Output Device: -<br />

a) Monitor – Types, Working principle, Configuration, modes, scanning, Block diagram<br />

Adapter<br />

b) Card – Types, Dot pitch, Resolution.<br />

c) Keyboard – Types, Construction, Working Principle.<br />

d) Mouse – Types, Construction, Working Principle.<br />

(v) Study <strong>of</strong> Hardware, Accessories (<strong>Mechanical</strong> / Electrical): -<br />

a) Cabinet – Types, Selections<br />

b) SMPS – Rating, Green PC, EPA Compliance<br />

c) Cables – HD Cable, FDD Cable, Printer Cable.<br />

d) Connectors – 9 pin M/F, 25 Pin M/F<br />

18


(vi) Study <strong>of</strong> Printers: -<br />

a) Printers – Types, construction, working Principle, Fonts, DeskJet, Dot Matrix, Laser Jet,<br />

Line Printer, Plotters, Block Diagram<br />

(vii) Study <strong>of</strong> Multimedia Hardware Modules<br />

a) CDROM drive – Jumper setting, Installation, Cables, Block Diagram, Configuration.<br />

b) DVD drive – Types, Working Principle, Installation, Configuration<br />

c) Speakers/Mike – Different Types<br />

d) Tuner Cards – Different Types<br />

e) Digital Cameras – Different Types<br />

f) Video Conferencing Kit.<br />

(viii) Study <strong>of</strong> Clean Power Supply Equipments: -<br />

a) CVT’s<br />

b) UPS<br />

Note: - Industrial visits can be undertaken to various industries available in the vicinity <strong>of</strong> the<br />

concerned Engineering College. One project at the end <strong>of</strong> semester has to be submitted by a<br />

group <strong>of</strong> six students.<br />

19


Computer Programming Lab. (CS -1002)<br />

Course Code CS -1002 Credits-4 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Computer Programming Lab.<br />

Lectures to be Delivered 26 Hrs. <strong>of</strong> Lab. Work (2 hrs. per week)<br />

Semester End Examination Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 40 Maximum Time: 3 hrs<br />

Laboratory<br />

Lab work 30% Max Marks: 50 Min Pass Marks: 25<br />

Continuous Assessment Lab Record 25%<br />

Viva/ Hands on 25%<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Instructions for paper setter / candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

(i) Performing a practical exercises assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

(ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks)<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed / project executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

A. Dos 6.2 (through MS-DOS prompt, usage <strong>of</strong> basic commands, idea <strong>of</strong> .bat, .sys, .com,<br />

.exe etc.and usage <strong>of</strong> an editor to be done in consultation with the faculty incharge for<br />

the course).<br />

B. Windows (usage <strong>of</strong> GUI for working effectively in laboratory to be done in consultation<br />

with the faculty incharge for the course).<br />

C. Micros<strong>of</strong>t <strong>of</strong>fice (projects based on word, excel, power point, access, to prepare repots,<br />

presentations and databases to be done in consultation with the faculty incharge for the<br />

course).<br />

D. Programming <strong>of</strong> fundamental algorithms in C in the form <strong>of</strong> projects in groups <strong>of</strong> two<br />

(based on how to solve it, Dromey and let us C by Kanitkar and in consultation with the<br />

faculty incharge for the course).List <strong>of</strong> Lab. exercises to be displayed in advance<br />

covering whole <strong>of</strong> the course. Tentative list is given below to be developed in the form<br />

<strong>of</strong> projects. 10 more exercises to be added by the faculty incharge.<br />

1. Write a program to find the largest <strong>of</strong> three numbers (if-then-else).<br />

2. Write a program to find the largest number out <strong>of</strong> ten numbers (for statement).<br />

3. Write a program to find the average male height & average female heights in the class<br />

(input is in form <strong>of</strong> sex code, height).<br />

4. Write a program to find roots <strong>of</strong> quadratic equation using functions and switch statement.<br />

5. Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no.<br />

6. Write a program to multiply two matrices.<br />

7. Write a program to read a string and write it in reverse order.<br />

8. Write a program to concatenate two strings.<br />

9. Write a program to sort numbers using the Quick sort Algorithm.<br />

10. Represent a deck <strong>of</strong> playing cards using arrays.<br />

Note: - Record to be maintained both electronically and hard copy for evaluation.<br />

20


Group – B<br />

21


APPLIED MATHS – II(AS – 1006)<br />

Course Code AS – 1006 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course APPLIED MATHS – II<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />

Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />

<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />

will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />

one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />

the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />

allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Vector Calculus: Curves, ac length, tangent, curvature and torsion, Direction derivative,<br />

Gradient <strong>of</strong> a scalar field, divergence and curl <strong>of</strong> a vector field. Line, surface and volume<br />

integrals, theorem <strong>of</strong> gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s (pro<strong>of</strong>s not needed), consequences and<br />

applications.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Integral Transforms: Fourier series, Euler’s formula, even and odd functions, half range<br />

expansions. Fourier integral. Fourier and Laplace transform, Inverse transform <strong>of</strong> derivatives<br />

and integrals, shifting theorem, application to periodic functions, unit step function, impulse<br />

function.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Second order Differential Equations: Solution by: Power series method and its basis,<br />

Solution <strong>of</strong> Bessel and Legendre differential equations, properties <strong>of</strong> Bessel and Legendre<br />

functions.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Partial Differential Equations (PDE): Formulation and classification. Solution <strong>of</strong> wave<br />

equation heat equation in one dimension and Laplace equation in two dimesion by the method<br />

<strong>of</strong> separation <strong>of</strong> variables.<br />

Books:<br />

1. E.Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd.).<br />

2. S.S.Sastri, Engineering Mathematics (2 nd edition) Vol-I and Vol-II.<br />

3. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics.<br />

4. Piskunov, Differential and Integral Calculus.<br />

5. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering, Mathematics.<br />

6. Michael d.Greenberg, Advanced Engg. Mathematics.<br />

22


APPLIED PHYSICS– II(AS – 1007)<br />

Course Code AS – 1007 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course APPLIED PHYSICS – II<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />

will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Crystal Structure: Space lattice, unit cell and translation vector, miller indices, Simple crystal structure,<br />

bonding in solids, Experimental x-ray diffraction method, laue method, powder method.<br />

Free electron theory: Elements <strong>of</strong> classical free electron theory and its limitatios. Quantum theory <strong>of</strong><br />

free electrons, Fermi level, density <strong>of</strong> states, fermi dirac distribution function, Thermionic emission,<br />

Richardson’s equation.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Band Theory <strong>of</strong> Solids: Origin <strong>of</strong> energy bands, kronig, Penney Model (qualitative), E-K diagrams,<br />

Brillouin Zones, Concept <strong>of</strong> effective mass and holes, Classification into metals, semiconductors and<br />

insulators, fermi energy and its variation with temperature.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Photoconductivity & Photovoltaic: Photoconductivity in insulating crystals, variation with illumination,<br />

Effect <strong>of</strong> traps, application <strong>of</strong> photoconductivity, Photovoltaic cell and their characteristics.<br />

Properties <strong>of</strong> Solids: Atomic Magnetic Moments, Orbital Diamagnetism, Classical Theory <strong>of</strong> Para<br />

magnetism, Ferromagnetism Molecular Field theory and domains, Magnetic circuit. Its comparison with<br />

Electric circuit and its applications, Super Conductor (Introduction, Types and Applications) Hall Effect.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Laser: Spontaneous and stimulated emission, Laser action, Characteristics <strong>of</strong> Laser Beam – Concept <strong>of</strong><br />

coherence, Types <strong>of</strong> lasers based on pumping techniques, He-Ne Laser, Semiconductor Laser (simple<br />

Ideas) with applications.<br />

Fiber Optics: Optical communication: Communication through open space, optical wave guides with<br />

special reference to Propagation <strong>of</strong> light in Fibres, Numerical Aperture, single mode and multi mode<br />

Fibers, applications.<br />

Books:<br />

1. Charles Kittel: Introduction to Solid State Physics.<br />

2. B.S.Saxena, R.C.Gupta & P.N.Saena: Solid state Physics.<br />

3. M.B.Avadhanulu & P.G.Kshirsagar, A text book <strong>of</strong> Engineering Physics.<br />

4. Arthur Beiser, concepts <strong>of</strong> Modern Physics, 5 th International edition Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

5. A.J.Dekkar, Introduction to solid state Physics.<br />

23


CHEMISTRY(AS – 1004)<br />

Course Code AS – 1004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course CHEMISTRY<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />

will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Thermodynamics: Second law concept <strong>of</strong> Entropy, Entropy change for an ideal gas, free energy<br />

andwork functions, Free energy change Gibb’s Helmholtz equation, Clausius – Clapeyron equation,<br />

Related numerical problems with above topics.<br />

Phase Rule: Introduction, One Compondnet Sytem, Two components System (Water, Sulphur and Alloy<br />

System), thermal Analysis, auxiliary.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Water Treatment: Introduction, Sources <strong>of</strong> water, Impurities , Hardesss Anayliss, Oxidations, (BOD &<br />

COD), Boiler Corrosion Sewage & Treatment.<br />

Pollution and Control: Introductions, Types <strong>of</strong> corrosions, Electrochemical Theory, Pitting, Water Line,<br />

Differential Aerations corrosions, Stress Corrosions, Factors affecting Corrosions, Preventive measures.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Lubricants: Introductions, Fritins and Wear, Lubricants, Mechanism <strong>of</strong> Lubrications, Base oil, Additives,<br />

Greases and Emulsions.<br />

Fuel and Combustion: Introduction, class <strong>of</strong> fuels ( Solid, Liquid and Gases) Cola and its origin, Analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> Coals, Petroleum fuels, Crude Petroleum and its refining, Cracking, Hyd<strong>of</strong>inishings and Diesel,<br />

Kerosene, Gesoline as fuels. Gases fuels, Water Gas, Gio-Gas, nuclear Fuel, Breeder Reactors.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Solid State Chemistry: Introduction, Lattices and Periodicity, Elements <strong>of</strong> Band Theory, Conductors,<br />

Insulators and Semi-Conductors, Structure Determination by I.R.NMR, X-Ray UV, Mass Spectroscopy.<br />

Catalysis: Introduction, criteria <strong>of</strong> Catalysts, Types <strong>of</strong> Catalyst, Enzyme Catalysis, Mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />

Catalysis (Homogeneous & Heterogeneous Catalysis).<br />

Books:<br />

1. Engineering Chemistry: By P.C.Jain & Monika Jain, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.<br />

2. A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Engineering Chemistry: Bu Shastri Chawla, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.<br />

3. Physical Chemistry: By R.P.Verma, Pardeep Publishers Jallandhar.<br />

4. Principles <strong>of</strong> Physical Chemistry: By Puri, Sharma, Pathania, Shobhan Lal Nagin Chand &<br />

Co.<br />

5. Chemistry in Engineering & Technology, Vol.I & Vol.II, Rajaram, Kuriacose (TMH).<br />

6. Physical Chemistry, P.W.Atkin (ELBS, Oxford Press)<br />

7. Physical Chemistry, W.J.Moore (Orient Longman)<br />

24


FOUNDATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY(IT – 1002)<br />

Course Code IT – 1002 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course FOUNDATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />

will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Information concept and Processing: Definition <strong>of</strong> Information, Need for Information, Quality <strong>of</strong><br />

Information, Value <strong>of</strong> Information, Categories and Levels <strong>of</strong> information in Business Organization, Data<br />

concepts and Data Processing, data representation – Number system.<br />

Computer Appreciation: Definition <strong>of</strong> an Electronic Digital Computer, history, Generations,<br />

Characteristics and applications <strong>of</strong> Computers, classification <strong>of</strong> Computers.<br />

Elements <strong>of</strong> Computers Processing System: Hardware CPU, Peripherals, Storage Media, S<strong>of</strong>tware<br />

Definition, Role and Categories, Firmware and Human ware.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Communication: Need for communication, Data Transmission, Baud, Bandwidth, Data transmission<br />

rate, Channel Capacity, transmission impairments, Signal noise ratio.<br />

Transmission media (twisted cables, Micro wave and radio wave, Optical fiber and satellite) and<br />

communication through these media.<br />

A/D and D/A, Modulation, Multiplexing-FDM, TDM.<br />

Communication techniques: circuit switching, message switching and packet switching and their<br />

advantages and disadvantages.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Networking Essentials: Networking <strong>of</strong> Computer – Introduction <strong>of</strong> LAN and WAN, Types <strong>of</strong> LAN, Basic<br />

ISO-OSI model <strong>of</strong> LAN, client – Sever Architecture’s.<br />

Programming Language Classification: Computer Languages, Generation <strong>of</strong> Languages, Translators –<br />

Interpreters, Compilers, Assembles, Introduction to 4GLS.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Information Technology Applications: Multimedia introduction, tools graphics, sound, video and<br />

animations. Artificial intelligence (AI) – Basic concepts <strong>of</strong> AI and Expert systems.<br />

Latest IT enabled business applications: Basic concepts with definitions and short introduction <strong>of</strong><br />

Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer relationship Management (CRM) Supply Chain<br />

Management (SCM), E-Commerce. Awareness <strong>of</strong> Ongoing IT Projects in India such as NICNET,<br />

ERNET, INFLIBNET etc.<br />

Books:<br />

1. Rajaram,V.: Introduction to Computer.<br />

2. Morris: Computer Organisation.<br />

3. Hamacher: Computer Organisation.<br />

4. Kanter: Managing Information System.<br />

5. Vital N: Information Technology India Tomorrow.<br />

6. Murthy C.S.V: Fundamentals & Information Technology.<br />

40<br />

25


SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY (HU – 1002)<br />

Course Code HU – 1002 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50%,<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it<br />

will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will<br />

carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two<br />

questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />

semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

1. Science, Technology and Engineering, as knowledge and as social and pr<strong>of</strong>essional activities.<br />

2. Inter-relationship <strong>of</strong> technology growth and social, economic and cultural growth: historical perspective.<br />

3. Ancient, medieval and modern technology/Industrial revolution and its impact. The Indian Science and Technology.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

1. Social and Human critiques <strong>of</strong> technology: Mumford and Ellul.<br />

2. Rapid technological growth and depletion <strong>of</strong> resources. Reports <strong>of</strong> the club <strong>of</strong> Rome.<br />

3. Energy crisis; renewable energy resources.<br />

4. Environmental degradation and pollution. Eco-friendly technologies. Environmental regulations. Environmental ethics.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

1. Technology and the arms race. The nuclear threat.<br />

2. Appropriate technology movement Schumacher; later developments.<br />

3. Technology and the developing nations. Problems <strong>of</strong> technology transfer. Technology assessment/impact analysis.<br />

4. Human operator in Engineering projects and industries Problems <strong>of</strong> man machine interaction. Impact <strong>of</strong> assembly line<br />

and automation. Human centered technology.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

1. Industrial hazards and safety. Safety regulations. Safety Engineering.<br />

2. Politics and technology. Authoritarian versus democratic control <strong>of</strong> technology. Social and ethical audit <strong>of</strong> industrial<br />

organizations.<br />

3. Engineering pr<strong>of</strong>ession. Ethical issues in Engineering practice, Conflicts between business demands and<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional ideals. Social and Ethical responsibilities <strong>of</strong> the engineer. Codes <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional ethics. Whistle blowing<br />

and beyond. Case studies.<br />

BOOKS:<br />

1. Appleyard, R.ed. 1989. the impact <strong>of</strong> international migration on developing countries paris: OECD.<br />

2. Barger, Bernard 1952 science and the social order New York: Free Press.<br />

3. Gaillard, J 1991. Scientists in the third world Lexington: Kentucky University Press.<br />

4. Gaillard, J., V.V.Krishna and R.Waast, eds. 1997. Scientific communities in the developing world New Delhi: Sage.<br />

5. Kamala Cahubey ed. 1974. Science policy and national development New Delhi: Macmillan.<br />

6. Krishna, V.V.1993. S.S.Bhatnagar on science, technology and development 1938-54 New Delhi: Wiley Eastern.<br />

7. Kornhauser, William, 1962 Scientists in industry, Berkley; University <strong>of</strong> California Press, price, Derek J.dSolla, 1963<br />

little science, big science New York Columbia University Press.<br />

8. Rahman, A.1972 Trimurti: Science, Technology and society – A collection <strong>of</strong> essays New Delhi: Peoples Publishing<br />

House.<br />

9. Storer, Norman W.1966. The social system <strong>of</strong> science New York: Holt Rinehart and Winston.<br />

10. UNCTAD/CSIR Case study in reverse transfer <strong>of</strong> technology: A survey <strong>of</strong> problems and policy in India Doc.<br />

TD/B/C.6AC.4/6 and Corr.1, Geneva.<br />

11. Crne, Diana. 1965. “scientists at major and minor universities: A study <strong>of</strong> productivity and recognition’” American<br />

sociological review, 30 (5) , Pp. 699-714.<br />

12. Coler, Myron A.ed 1963 Essays on the creativity in the sciences New York: New York University Press.<br />

13. Debroy, Bibek. 1996. Beyond the Uruguay round: The Indian perspective on GATT New Delhi: Sage.<br />

14. Gilpin, Robert, and Christopher Wright eds. 1964. Scientists and national policy making New York: Columbia<br />

University Press.<br />

15. Kumar, Nagesh and N.S.Siddharthan. 1997. Technology, market structures and internationalization: Issues and<br />

policies for developing countries London: Routlege and the united National University.<br />

16. MacLeod, Roy and Deepak Kumar, 1995. Technology and the raj: Western technology and technical transfers to<br />

India, 1700-1947 New Delhi: Saga.<br />

17. Merton, Robert K.1938. “Science, technology and society in seventeenth – century England” Osiris (Bruges,<br />

Belgium), 14 Pp.360-632.<br />

26


BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (EE – 1001)<br />

Course Code EE – 1001 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />

Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total<br />

marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have<br />

two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the<br />

subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />

allowed.<br />

Section A:<br />

D.C. circuits: Ohm’s law, Kirch<strong>of</strong>f’s Laws, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, superposition<br />

theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem, Reciprocity, Compensation, Millman and<br />

Tellegan’s Theorem . D.C. circuits, Nodal and Mesh analysis.<br />

A.C. circuits: Sinusoidal signal, instantaneous and peak values, RMS and average<br />

values, phase angle, polar and rectangular, exponential and trigonometric<br />

representations RL and C components, behavior <strong>of</strong> these components in A.C. circuits,<br />

concept <strong>of</strong> complex power, power factor.<br />

Transient Response: transient response RL, RC and RLC circuits with step input.<br />

Section B:<br />

Series and Parallel A.C. circuits: Series and Parallel A.C. circuit, Series and Parallel<br />

resonance. Q factor, cut <strong>of</strong>f frequency and bandwidth.<br />

Three phase circuits: Phase and line voltages and currents, balanced star and delta<br />

circuits, power equation, measurement <strong>of</strong> power by 2-wattmeter method, importance<br />

<strong>of</strong> earthing.<br />

Section C:<br />

Transformers: Principle, construction and working <strong>of</strong> transformer, Efficiency and<br />

regulation.<br />

Electrical Machines: Introduction to D.C. Machines, induction motor, Synchronous<br />

machines.<br />

Section D:<br />

Measuring Instruments: Voltmeter, Ammeter, Wattmeter, Energy meter.<br />

Batteries: Storage batteries:- Types, construction, charging and discharging, capacity<br />

and efficiency.<br />

Books:<br />

27


1. Kothari & Nagarath: Basic Electrical Engg. (2 nd Edition), TMH.<br />

2. B.L. Theraja & A.K. Theraja, S.Chand: Electrical Technology(Vol-1).<br />

Deltoro: Electrical Engg Fundamentals, PHI.<br />

BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING( ME – 1003)<br />

Course Code ME - 1003 Credits: 4 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Basic <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engineering<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests (2) 50%,<br />

Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

First Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />

Essence and corollaries <strong>of</strong> the first law, analytical expressions applicable to a process and cycle, internal energy,<br />

enthalpy and specific heats, first law analysis <strong>of</strong> steady flow, applications <strong>of</strong> steady flow energy equation to<br />

engineering devices.<br />

Applications <strong>of</strong> first law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />

Closed and open systems, analysis <strong>of</strong> non-flow and flow processes for an ideal gas under constant volume<br />

(Isochoric), constant pressure (Isobaric), constant temperature (Isothermal), adiabatic and polytropic conditions.<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> free expansion and throttling processes. Representation <strong>of</strong> these processes on P-V charts and analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> property changes and energy exchange (work and heat) during these processes.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Second Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />

Limitations <strong>of</strong> first law, various statements <strong>of</strong> second law and their equivalence, application <strong>of</strong> statements <strong>of</strong> second<br />

law to heat engine, heat pump and refrigerator. Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Carnot cycle and its consequences. Carnot theorem<br />

for heat engines and heat pump. Classius inequality, concept and philosophy <strong>of</strong> entropy and entropy changes<br />

during various processes. Temperature – entropy chart and representation <strong>of</strong> various processes on it. Third law <strong>of</strong><br />

thermodynamics.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Simple Stresses & Strains<br />

Concept & types <strong>of</strong> Stresses and strains, Poisson’s ratio, stresses and strain in simple and compound bars under<br />

axial loading, stress strain diagrams, Hooks law, Elastic constants and their relationships. Temperature stress and<br />

strain in simple and compound bars under axial loading, Numerical problems.<br />

Shear Force and Bending Moments<br />

Definitions, SF & BM diagrams for cantilevers, simply supported beams with or without over-hang and calculation <strong>of</strong><br />

maximum BM and SF and the point <strong>of</strong> contraflexture under (i) concentrated loads, (ii) uniformly distributed loads<br />

over whole span or a part <strong>of</strong> it, (iii) combination <strong>of</strong> concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads. Relation<br />

between the rate <strong>of</strong> loading, the shear force and the bending moments, Numerical Problems.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Bending Stresses in Beams<br />

Bending Stresses in Beams with derivation <strong>of</strong> Bending equation and its application to beams <strong>of</strong> circular, rectangular<br />

I & T Section, Composite beams,<br />

Torsion <strong>of</strong> Circular Members<br />

Torsion <strong>of</strong> Solid and hollow circular shafts, Combined bending and torsion, Equivalent torque, Numerical Problems.<br />

Text Books<br />

1. Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw – Hill, New Delhi.<br />

2. Yadav, R., Thermal Science and Engineering, Central Publishing House, Allahabad.<br />

3. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – G.H.Ryder – Third Edition in S I units 1969 Macmillan India.<br />

4. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Materials – Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors, New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books<br />

1. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – Popoy, PHI, New Delhi.<br />

2. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications.<br />

3. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – A Rudimentary Approach – M.A.Jayaram, Revised Ed. 2001, Sapna Book House,<br />

Bangalore.<br />

28


4. Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – U.C.Jindal<br />

5. Moran, M.J. and Shapiro, H.N., Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Engineering Thermodynamics, John Wiley, New York.<br />

6. Van Wylen, G.J., Fundamental <strong>of</strong> Classic Thermodynamics, John Wiley, New York.<br />

7. Spalding, D.B. and Cole, E.H., Engineering Thermodynamics, ELBS, New Delhi.<br />

8. Hibbeler, R.C. Engineering Mechanics – Statics, Addison Wesley Longman, New Delhi.<br />

29


APPLIED CHEMISTRY LAB(AS – 1005)<br />

Course Code AS – 1005 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

APPLIED CHEMISTRY LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />

Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by<br />

the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

NOTE:At least 8 experiments to be performed.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />

1. To determine the surface tension <strong>of</strong> the given liquid by drop number method by using<br />

Stalgmometer and identify the given liquid.<br />

2. To determine the insoluble, soluble and total solids in given sample <strong>of</strong> sewage.<br />

3. To determine the solid carbon, volatile matter, ash content and percentage <strong>of</strong> moisture<br />

in given sample <strong>of</strong> coal by proximate analysis method and classify the coal.<br />

4. To determine the total alkalinity in a given sample <strong>of</strong> water using a standard acid. Ask<br />

for what you want<br />

5. To determine the percentage <strong>of</strong> Chlorine in a given sample <strong>of</strong> Caocl2 which has been<br />

dissolved in one litre <strong>of</strong> solution.<br />

6. To determine the surface tension <strong>of</strong> the two given unknown liquids by using<br />

Stalgmometer and identify the given liquid.<br />

7. To determine the fineness <strong>of</strong> a given sample <strong>of</strong> cement by solving through standard<br />

75:90 micro sieve.<br />

8. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given unknown liquids by using Ostwald’s<br />

Viscometer and identify the given liquid.<br />

9. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given unknown liquids by using Ostwald’s<br />

Viscometer and identify the given liquid.<br />

10. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given lubricating oil using Red Wood<br />

Viscometer<br />

11. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> the given lubricating oil using Seybolt<br />

Viscometer.<br />

12. To determine the flash point and fire point <strong>of</strong> given sample <strong>of</strong> oil using Pens key Marten’s<br />

apparatus.<br />

13. To determine the amount <strong>of</strong> Chlorine in given sample <strong>of</strong> water approximate N/20 sodium<br />

Thiosulphate solution. Ask for your requirement.<br />

14. Estimation <strong>of</strong> calcium as CaO volumetrically in cement<br />

15. To determine the maximum wavelength <strong>of</strong> solution <strong>of</strong> cobalt chloride<br />

16. To determine the Beer’s Law and apply it to find the concentration <strong>of</strong> given unknown<br />

solution by spectra-photometer.<br />

17. To determine the chemical oxygen demand <strong>of</strong> waste water.<br />

18. To determine the half-life period <strong>of</strong> given radioactive sample using GM counter.<br />

30


MAT LAB (IT– 1003)<br />

Course Code IT– 1003 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

MAT LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />

Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by<br />

the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> this laboratory is to help students get an idea about a programming<br />

environment very widely used by engineer to solve the problem in their respective<br />

disciplines.<br />

Exercises on computer<br />

i. Roots <strong>of</strong> a quadratic equation.<br />

ii. Guessing a number<br />

iii. Units conversion<br />

iv. Factorial program<br />

v. Simulation <strong>of</strong> RC circuit<br />

vi. V-I characteristics <strong>of</strong> a MOSFET.<br />

vii. Finding average with dynamic array.<br />

viii. Writing a binary file<br />

ix. Reading a binary file<br />

x. Plotting one dimensional and two dimensional graph using MAT LAB 2-D plot<br />

types.<br />

xi. Using functions in MAT LAB Environment<br />

To teacher concerned will give at least 10 exercises to solve non trivial problems using<br />

MAT LAB environment.<br />

BOOKS:<br />

1. Programming in MAT LAB, Marc E.Herniter, Thomson ASIA Ptd. Ltd<br />

Singapore(2001)<br />

2. MAT LAB, the languages <strong>of</strong> computing; The maths work inc.<br />

31


BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB(EE– 1002)<br />

Course Code EE – 1002 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />

Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by<br />

the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />

1. To verify KCL and KVL.<br />

2. TO study frequency response <strong>of</strong> series RLC circuit and determine resonance<br />

frequency and Q factor for various values <strong>of</strong> R,L,C<br />

3. TO study frequency response <strong>of</strong> parallel RLC circuit and determine resonance<br />

frequency and Q factor for various values <strong>of</strong> R,L,C<br />

4. To perform direct load test <strong>of</strong> transformer and plot efficiency v/s load<br />

characteristics.<br />

5. To perform direct load test <strong>of</strong> the DC shunt generator and plot load v/s current<br />

curve.<br />

6. To study and verify Thevenins, Norton’s, superposition, Milliman’s, maximum<br />

power, reciprocity.<br />

7. To perform O.C and S.C test <strong>of</strong> transformer.<br />

8. to study various types <strong>of</strong> meters<br />

9. Measurement <strong>of</strong> power by 3 voltmeter/ 3 ammeter method.<br />

10. Measurement <strong>of</strong> power in 3-phase system by 2-wattmeter method.<br />

32


WORKSHOP PRACTICE – II(ME– 1004)<br />

Course Code ME– 1004 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

WORKSHOP PRACTICE –II<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />

Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />

Fitting shop:-<br />

1. Drilling and Tapping in M.S. piece<br />

2. To make a male-female joint (taper type) <strong>of</strong> mild steel.<br />

Machine Shop:-<br />

1. To perform boring operation on lathe machine.<br />

2. To perform knurling and threading operation on lathe machine.<br />

3. step turning operation on a lathe machine<br />

Carpentry and Pattern making shop:-<br />

1. To make a single piece pattern <strong>of</strong> connecting rod.<br />

2. To make a self cod pattern.<br />

3. To make a split pattern.<br />

Welding shop:-<br />

1. To make V butt joint in horizontal position.<br />

2. To make a V butt joint in vertical position.<br />

3. To perform Gas welding operation.<br />

Smithy and Forging:-<br />

1. To make a cube from a circular bar.<br />

2. To make a tong using hot forging operations<br />

3. To perform drawing down operation.<br />

Foundry Shop:-<br />

1. To make a mould and perform casting operation.<br />

2. Study <strong>of</strong> casting defects and remedies.<br />

Books:<br />

1. Workshop Technologies By Chapman<br />

2. Manufacturing Processes by Begam<br />

3. Manufacturing Materials And Processes By JS Campbell<br />

4. Introduction To Electrical Wiring<br />

5. Exercises And Prepration Of PCBs Involving soldering <strong>of</strong> electrical and electronic<br />

applications.<br />

33


INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRAINER WORKSHOP II(IT – 1004)<br />

Course Code IT – 1004 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRAINER WORKSHOP II<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />

Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments<br />

This workshop will provide training <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> operating systems (Windows98,LINUX)<br />

with hands on experiments on the following:<br />

1. Installation <strong>of</strong> operating system.<br />

2. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Hard Disk.<br />

3. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Display Cards.<br />

4. Configuration <strong>of</strong> sound cards.<br />

5. Configuration <strong>of</strong> CDROM.<br />

6. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Mouse.<br />

7. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Printer.<br />

8. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Display Cards.<br />

9. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Network Cards.<br />

10. Configuration <strong>of</strong> Modems.<br />

11. Understanding Boot up process.<br />

12. Creating and using emergency Disk.<br />

13. Troubleshooting exercises related to various components <strong>of</strong> computer like Monitor<br />

drives, memory, printers etc.<br />

14. Assembling a PC.<br />

34


BASIC MECHANICAL ENGG. LAB(ME – 1005)<br />

Course Code ME – 1005<br />

Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

BASIC MECHANICAL ENGG. LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time : 3 hrs Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 30%,<br />

Viva 30%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practical performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS<br />

1. To study low-pressure boilers.<br />

2. To study High-pressure boilers.<br />

3. Calibration <strong>of</strong> thermometers.<br />

4. Calibration <strong>of</strong> pressure gauges.<br />

5. Study <strong>of</strong> discharge measuring devices.<br />

6. To determine co-efficient <strong>of</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> orifice meter.<br />

7. To verify the Bernoulli’s Theorem.<br />

8. To find Young’s Modulus <strong>of</strong> Elasticity using Searl’s apparatus.<br />

9. To find Young’s Modulus <strong>of</strong> Elasticity <strong>of</strong> a beam with deflection beam apparatus.<br />

10. To find Modulus <strong>of</strong> rigidity with the help <strong>of</strong> torsion apparatus.<br />

35


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

FLUID MECHANICS ME – 3005<br />

Course Code ME – 3005 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Fluid Mechanics<br />

Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Introduction<br />

Fluid and flow-definition and types, properties <strong>of</strong> ideal and real fluids, continuum<br />

concept, Lagrangian & Eulerian approach.<br />

Fluid Statics<br />

General differential equation, manometry, Force on plane and curved surfaces,<br />

stability <strong>of</strong> floating and submerged bodies, Relative equilibrium.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Kinematics <strong>of</strong> fluid<br />

Steady flow, uniform flow, stream, streak and path lines, continuity equation, stream<br />

function, irrotational flow, velocity potential, flow nets, circulation, simple flows, flow<br />

around circular cylinder with and without rotation, lift and drag.<br />

1


Dynamics <strong>of</strong> fluids<br />

Concept <strong>of</strong> system and control volume, Reynold’s transportation theorem, Euler’s<br />

equation, Bernoulli’s equation, Navier Stoke’s equation and their application to<br />

nozzle, venturimeter, orifices and mouth pieces, time taken in emptying a vessel.<br />

Pitot - Prandtl tube.<br />

SECTION-C<br />

Flow in pipes<br />

Laminar flow through pipe, total and hydraulic gradient lines, series and parallel<br />

connection <strong>of</strong> pipes, transmission <strong>of</strong> power through pipes.<br />

Laminar flow <strong>of</strong> viscous fluids<br />

Boundary layer concept, boundary layer thickness, displacement, momentum and<br />

energy thickness, integral method, drag on flat plate, flow around an airfoil,<br />

boundary layer separation.<br />

SECTION-D<br />

Turbulent flow<br />

Fluid friction and Reynolds number, Prandtl mixing length hypothesis velocity<br />

distribution in pipes, Cole brook formula.<br />

Dimensional analysis<br />

Buckingham’s Pi theorem, Non – dimensional numbers and their application,<br />

similitude.<br />

Suggested Text Books & References<br />

1. Agarwal, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing<br />

Company Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

2. Som, S.K. and Biswas, G. “Introduction To Fluid Mechanics and Fluid<br />

Machines”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

3. Bansal, Dr. R.K. “A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”,<br />

Luxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

4. Rajput, R.K. “A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Hydraulics”, Sultan Chand and Sons, New<br />

Delhi.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

2


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

Advanced Maths and Computer Programming AS(ID) - 3004<br />

Course Code AS(ID) – 3004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Advanced Math and Computer Programming<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Definition <strong>of</strong> tensor, transformation <strong>of</strong> coordinates (rotation, translation and<br />

orthogonal) contravarient and covariant tensors. Addition and multiplication <strong>of</strong><br />

tensors, contraction <strong>of</strong> tensors. Inner product, fundamental tensors, symmetric and<br />

anti - symmetric tensors, kronecker delta.<br />

Section – B<br />

Inertia tensor : Definition and application <strong>of</strong> inertia tensor in Kinetic energy, moment<br />

<strong>of</strong> inertia and radius <strong>of</strong> gyration. Cartesian tensor: definition and application <strong>of</strong><br />

Cartesian tensor in stress, strain and Hookes law.<br />

Section – C<br />

Introduction to Object-oriented concepts: Overview, Abstract data types: object,<br />

Modularization, classes, creating and destroying objects, Garbage collection<br />

strategies, overloading, dynamic binding, polymorphism, constants.<br />

3


Inheritance: Class inheritance, Inheriting instance variable, inheriting methods, meta<br />

classes, object inheritance, multiple and multilevel inheritance.<br />

Section – D<br />

C++ Programming Language: Overview: Programming paradigm, support for data<br />

abstraction and object-oriented programming, declaration and constants, expression<br />

and statements, functions and files.<br />

Classes and Objects: Definition <strong>of</strong> class declaration, data numbers class function<br />

definition, member function definition scope resolution operator, private and public<br />

member function, nesting <strong>of</strong> member functions, creating objects, accessing class<br />

data members functions, array <strong>of</strong> objects, objects as function arguments.<br />

Operator overloading: Operator function, user-defined typed conversion large<br />

object, assignments and initialization and subscripting and function call, referencing,<br />

increment and decrement, a string class, friends and members.<br />

Books:<br />

1. Vectors and Tensors: Fred A.Hinchey, Wiley Eastern Ltd.<br />

2. Cartesian Tensor: Harold Jeffreys, Cambridge University Press.<br />

3. Cartesian Tensors: A.M.Goodbody, Ellis Horwood Ltd.<br />

4. Matrices and Tensors in Physics, A.W.Joshi, New Age International<br />

Publishers Ltd., willey Eastern Ltd.<br />

5. The C++ Progamming Language, Bjarne Stroustrup, Addison Wesley.<br />

6. Objecting Modeling and Design, James, Rumbaugh, Michael Blaha, William<br />

Premerlani, Frederick Eddy and William Lorensen, PHI.<br />

7. Object Oriented Programming with C++, Balagurusamy, Tata Mc. Graw Hill<br />

Publishing Co. Ltd.<br />

8. Programming with C++, D. Ravichandran, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

9. Object Oriented Programming in TURBO C++, Robert Lafore, Galgotia<br />

Publications Pvt. Ltd.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

4


SEMESTER – III<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> Engineering Economics and Management AS(ID)- 3002<br />

Course Code AS(ID)- 3002 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Principles <strong>of</strong> Engineering Economics and Management<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests (2)<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong><br />

the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION - A<br />

ECONOMICS<br />

Definitions, Nature & scope <strong>of</strong> Economics, Economics Systems-meaning <strong>of</strong> Capitalism, Socialism & mixed<br />

economy.<br />

DEMAND AND SUPPLIES ANALYSIS<br />

Law <strong>of</strong> demand and supply, exception to the law <strong>of</strong> demand, Elasticity <strong>of</strong> demand and supply and their types,<br />

Methods <strong>of</strong> measuring elasticity <strong>of</strong> demand and supply.<br />

SECTION - B<br />

THEORY OF PRODUCTION<br />

Scales <strong>of</strong> production, Law <strong>of</strong> returns, Break even analysis.<br />

MONETARY SYSTEM<br />

Monetary policy – Meaning, objectives, methods, Fiscal policy – Meaning & objectives <strong>of</strong> fiscal policy in a<br />

developing country like India, Functions <strong>of</strong> Reserve Bank <strong>of</strong> India and commercial banks.<br />

ECONOMICS & BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT<br />

Privatization –Growth <strong>of</strong> private capitalism in India, Business/Trade Cycles – Meaning, Characteristics &<br />

classification, Foreign capital & economic development.<br />

SECTION - C<br />

MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES<br />

Meaning & types <strong>of</strong> Management, Concept <strong>of</strong> Scientific Management, Management By Objectives, System<br />

Approach to Management.<br />

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT<br />

Meaning, functional areas <strong>of</strong> financial management, Sources <strong>of</strong> Finance, Meaning <strong>of</strong> financial accounting,<br />

accounting principles-concepts & conventions, Importance <strong>of</strong> final accounts – pr<strong>of</strong>it & loss a/c and balance<br />

sheet, Need and importance <strong>of</strong> capital budgeting.<br />

MARKETING MANAGEMENT<br />

Introduction to marketing management, Market segmentation, Developing & managing advertising programs,<br />

Deciding on media & measuring effectiveness.<br />

SECTION - D<br />

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT<br />

Procedure for production planning & Control, Plant Location & Lay-out, Routing, Scheduling, CPM & PERT,<br />

QUALITY MANAGEMENT<br />

Statistical Quality Control,<br />

Introduction<br />

Control Charts, X Charts, R Charts, Control Charts for C (N. <strong>of</strong> defects per unit), Control chart for P( Fraction<br />

Defective), Advantages & Limitations <strong>of</strong> SQC<br />

Quality Circles:- Structure, functions & Limitations.<br />

5


Text Books :-<br />

1. Business Organisation & Management – B.P.Singh – T.N.Chabra – Dhanpat Rai & Sons.<br />

2. Modern Economic Theory – K .K. Dewett – S.Chand & Co.<br />

Reference Books :-<br />

1. Marketing Management – Philip Kotler – Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India Pvt. Ltd.<br />

2. Financial Management - I.M. Pandey - Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.<br />

3. Indian Economic – Ruddar Dutt, K.P.M.Sundaram – S.Chand & Co.<br />

4. Advanced Economic Theory – H.L.Ahuja – S.Chand & Co.<br />

5. Production Operation Management.- Dr. B.S. Goel – Pragati Prakashan.<br />

6. Statistical Quality Control – Grant, Leaven worth – Tata Mc. Graw Hill.<br />

7. Personnel Management – Edwin B.Flippo – Tata Mc. Graw Hill.<br />

8. Management – A Global Perespective – Harold Krontz – Tata Mc. Graw Hill.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

6


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS ME - 3002<br />

Course Code ME - 3002 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Applied Thermodynamics<br />

Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Introduction to Thermodynamic Systems<br />

Definition, Familiarity with common examples <strong>of</strong> thermodynamic systems such as<br />

steam power plant, vapour-compression refrigerator, automobile engines, air<br />

compressor, rocket engine.<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> basic concepts<br />

Working fluids (air, steam, refrigerants) and calculation <strong>of</strong> their properties for various<br />

thermodynamic processes, Thermodynamic processes and cycles, Psychrometry,<br />

use <strong>of</strong> psychrometric chart for calculation <strong>of</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> air-water vapour mixture.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

First Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />

Quantity <strong>of</strong> energy and its measurements, First law energy equations for closed and<br />

open systems under SSSF and USUF conditions, Application <strong>of</strong> First Law energy<br />

equations to thermodynamic system components such as boiler, turbine,<br />

compressor, nozzle, expander, pump, condenser, First law efficiency, First law<br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> combustion processes.<br />

7


Second Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />

Quality <strong>of</strong> energy and its measurement, Reversible and irreversible processes,<br />

Entropy and its significance, Principle <strong>of</strong> increase <strong>of</strong> entropy <strong>of</strong> the universe, Carnot<br />

cycle, Second law entropy relations for closed and open systems under SSSF and<br />

USUF conditions, Clausius inequality, Applications <strong>of</strong> Second law to various<br />

thermodynamic systems, Availability and irreversibility, Second law analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

combustion processes.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Third Law <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />

Measurement <strong>of</strong> entropy, Zero value <strong>of</strong> entropy, Absolute zero temperature.<br />

Thermodynamic (PVT) relations <strong>of</strong> Working Fluids<br />

Equation <strong>of</strong> state for ideal gas, Behaviour <strong>of</strong> real gases and compressibility factor,<br />

Generalized, empirical and theoretical equations <strong>of</strong> state for real gases, Law <strong>of</strong><br />

corresponding states and use <strong>of</strong> generalized compressibility chart. Helmoltz and<br />

Gibbs functions, Maxwell’s relations, Enthalpy, entropy, internal energy, and specific<br />

heat relations, Clausius – Clapeyron’s equation, Applications to ideal and real<br />

gases. Joule Thompson coefficient.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Gas Power Cycles<br />

Carnot, Diesel, Otto, Dual combustion, Brayton, Sterling, Atkinson, and Ericssion<br />

cycles, Air standard thermal efficiency and conditions for maximum work output and<br />

efficiency, Concepts <strong>of</strong> mean effective pressure, indicated power and brake power<br />

for reciprocating engines.<br />

Refrigeration Cycles/Processes<br />

Brayton air refrigeration cycle, Vapour compression cycle, Vapour absorption cycle,<br />

Water refrigeration, Vortex tube and pulse tube refrigeration, thermoelectric<br />

refrigeration.<br />

Text Books :-<br />

1. C.P.Arora, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw – Hill.<br />

2. Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw – Hill 2 nd edition.<br />

References Books :-<br />

1. Cengel, Y.A.,& Boles, M.A.., “Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach”,<br />

McGraw – Hill Inc.<br />

2. Spalding, D.B. and Cole, E.H., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Edward<br />

Arnold.<br />

3. Hawkins, G.A., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, John Wiley and Sons.<br />

4. Wylen Van, G.J. and Sonntag, R.E., “Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Classical<br />

Thermodynamics”, John Wiley and Sons, 4 th edition, 1997.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

8


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-I ME-3003<br />

Course Code ME-3003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials-I<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each section will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong><br />

the semester end examination for the course. Section E will be compulsory, it<br />

will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and each question will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section- A<br />

Compound stresses & strains: Concept <strong>of</strong> surface and volumetric strains, two -<br />

dimensional stress system, complementary shear stresses at a point on a plane.<br />

Principal stresses & strains and principal planes. Mohr’s circle <strong>of</strong> stresses,<br />

Numerical problems.<br />

Theories <strong>of</strong> Elastic Failure: Various theories <strong>of</strong> elastic failure with derivations and<br />

graphical representations, applications to problems <strong>of</strong> two-dimensional stress<br />

systems with (i) Combined direct loading and bending and (ii) combined torsional<br />

and direct loading. Numerical problems.<br />

Section- B<br />

Strain Energy & Impact Loading: Definitions, expressions for strain energy stored<br />

in a body when load is applied (i) gradually, (ii) suddenly and (iii) with impact. Strain<br />

energy <strong>of</strong> beams in bending, beam deflections. Strain energy <strong>of</strong> shafts in twisting.<br />

Energy methods in determining spring deflection, Castigliano’s & Maxwell’s<br />

theorems, Numerical problems.<br />

9


Section - C<br />

Shear and combined stresses in beams: Shear stresses in beams with derivation<br />

<strong>of</strong> shear stress in rectangular I, T, circular and hollow circular sections. Combined<br />

bending, torsion & axial loading <strong>of</strong> beams. Numerical problems.<br />

Columns & Struts: Columns under axial load, concept <strong>of</strong> instability and buckling,<br />

slenderness ratio. Derivation <strong>of</strong> Euler’s formulae for the elastic buckling load.<br />

Euler’s, Rankine Gordon’s formulae ,Johnson’s empirical formula for axial loading<br />

<strong>of</strong> columns and their applications, eccentric compression <strong>of</strong> a short strut <strong>of</strong><br />

rectangular & circular sections, Numerical problems.<br />

Section –D<br />

Slope & Deflection : Relationship between bending moment, slope & deflection,<br />

Mohr’s theorem, moment area method, method <strong>of</strong> integration, Macaulay’s method.<br />

Calculations for slope &deflection <strong>of</strong> (1) cantilevers and (2) simply supported<br />

beams with or without overhang, under concentrated loads, uniformly distributed<br />

loads or combination <strong>of</strong> concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. Numerical<br />

problems.<br />

Fixed Beams: Deflections, reactions and fixing moments. Calculations <strong>of</strong> deflection<br />

and S.F. & B.M. diagrams for fixed beams under (1) concentrated loads, (2)<br />

uniformly Distributed loads and (3) a combination <strong>of</strong> concentrated loads and<br />

uniformly distributed load.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials – G.H. Ryder- Third Edition in S.I. units 1969<br />

Macmillan India.<br />

2. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Materials- Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />

New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Popov , PHI, New Delhi<br />

2. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications<br />

3. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- A Rudimentary Apprach-M.A. Jayaram,<br />

Revised Ed. 2001, Sapna Book house, Bangalore.<br />

4. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- U.C. Jindal<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

10


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

MACHINE –DRAWING ME-3004<br />

Course Code ME – 3004 Credits : 4 L-1, T-0, P-6<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Machine –Drawing<br />

Lectures to be delivered 91 (1 Hr Each) (L = 13, T = 0, P=78 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 4 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. In the semester examination, the examiner will set two questions from each<br />

unit. The students have to attempt three questions taking one from each unit.<br />

2. The questions from unit I and unit II will carry 20 Marks each. Questions from<br />

unit III will carry 60 Marks.<br />

Unit I<br />

Introduction to BIS Specification sp: 46- 1988 Code <strong>of</strong> engineering drawing – Limits.<br />

Fits and Tolerance (dimensional and Geometrical tolerance), Surface finish<br />

representation. Gear: Gear terminology. I.S convention <strong>of</strong> assembly <strong>of</strong> spur gears,<br />

helical gear, bevel gears, worm and worm wheel.<br />

Unit II<br />

Orthographic view from isometric views <strong>of</strong> machine parts / components.<br />

Dimensioning- Sectioning. Exercises on coupling, crankshaft, pulley, piston and<br />

connecting rod, cotter and knuckle joints. Riveted joints and Welded joints.<br />

UNIT III<br />

Assembly drawing with sectioning and and bill <strong>of</strong> materials from given detail<br />

drawings <strong>of</strong> assemblies : Lathe tail stock , machine vice , pedestal bearing , Steam<br />

stop valve , drill jigs and milling fixture .<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Machine Drawing : By N D Bhat and V M Panchal Pub Charotar Publishing<br />

House.<br />

2. A text book <strong>of</strong> machine drawing : PS Gill Pub. S.K.Kataria & SONS.<br />

Reference books:<br />

1. A text books <strong>of</strong> machine Drawing: Laxmi narayana and Mathur pub.<br />

M/s Jain Brother. New Delhi.<br />

2. Machine Drawing : N Sidheshwar, P Kannaieh, V V S Sastry, Pub. Tata Mc<br />

Graw Hill Publishing Ltd.<br />

11


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

FLUID MECHANICS LAB ME – 3006<br />

Course Code ME – 3006 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

FLUID MECHANICS LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Continuous<br />

Lab work 30%, Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Assessment Lab record 25%, Viva 25%,<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />

by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> impact for vanes.<br />

2. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> Notch (V and Rectangular types)<br />

3. To determine the friction factor for the pipes.<br />

4. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> venturimeter.<br />

5. To determine the coefficient <strong>of</strong> discharge, contraction & velocity <strong>of</strong> an orifice.<br />

6. To find critical Reynolds number for a pipe flow.<br />

7. To determine the meta-centric height <strong>of</strong> a floating body.<br />

8. To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden<br />

contraction and bends.<br />

9. To show the velocity and pressure variation with radius in a forced vertex<br />

flow.<br />

12


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – LAB ME - 3007<br />

Course Code ME – 3007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Continuous<br />

Lab work 30%, Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Assessment Lab record 25%, Viva 25%,<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />

by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To study the Brinell hardness testing machine & perform Brinell hardness<br />

test<br />

2. To study the Rockwell hardness testing machine & perform the Rockwell<br />

hardness test.<br />

3. To study the Vickers hardness testing machine & perform Vickers hardness<br />

test<br />

4. To study Erichsen sheet metal testing machine & perform the Erichsen sheet<br />

metal test<br />

5. To study the Impact machine and perform the Impact tests ( Izod & Charpy)<br />

6. To study the Universal testing machine and perform the tensile test.<br />

7. To perform compression test on UTM.<br />

8. To perform bending test on UTM.<br />

9. To perform the shear test on UTM.<br />

10. To study the torsion testing machine and perform the torsion test .<br />

13


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – III<br />

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB AS(ID) - 3005<br />

Course Code AS(ID) - 3005 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Continuous<br />

Lab work 30%,<br />

Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Assessment Lab record 25%, Viva 25%,<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />

by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> exercises:<br />

1. Raising a number n to a power p is the same as multiplying n by itself p<br />

times. Write a function called power () that takes a double value for an int<br />

value for p, and returns the result as double values. Use a default argument<br />

<strong>of</strong> 2 <strong>of</strong> p, so that if this argument is omitted, the number will be squared.<br />

Write a main () function that gets values from the user to test this function.<br />

2. A point on the two dimensional plane can be represented by two numbers:<br />

an X coordinate and a Y coordinate. For example, (4, 5) represents point 4<br />

units to the right <strong>of</strong> the origin along the X-axis and 5 units up the Y-axis. The<br />

sum <strong>of</strong> two points can be defined as new point with X and Y coordinates.<br />

Write a program that uses a structure called point to model a point. Define<br />

three points, and have the user input to two <strong>of</strong> them. Than set the third point<br />

equal to the sum <strong>of</strong> the other two. And display the value <strong>of</strong> the new point.<br />

Interaction with the program might look like this:<br />

Enter coordinates for PI : 3 4<br />

Enter coordinates for P2 : 5 7<br />

Coordinates <strong>of</strong> P1 + P2 are : 8 11<br />

14


3. Create the equivalent <strong>of</strong> a four function calculator. The program should<br />

request the user to enter a number, an operator and another number. It<br />

should they carry out the specified arithmetical operation: adding,<br />

subtracting, multiplying or dividing the two numbers. (it should use a switch<br />

statement to select the operation). Finally, it should display the result.<br />

When it finishes the calculation, the program should ask if the user wants to<br />

do another calculation. The response can be ‘Y’ or ‘N’ some sample<br />

interaction with the program might look like this.<br />

Enter first number, operator and second number 12 + 100<br />

Answer = 112<br />

Do another (Y/N) ? N<br />

4. A phone number, such as (212) 767-8900, can be thought <strong>of</strong> as having three<br />

parts: the area code (212), the exchange (767) and the number (8900). Write<br />

a program that uses a structure to store these three parts <strong>of</strong> a phone number<br />

separately. Call the structure phone. Create two structure displaying both<br />

numbers. The interchange might look like this:<br />

Enter your area code, exchange and number : 415 555 1212<br />

My number is (415) 555 – 1212<br />

5. Create two classes DM and DB, which store the value <strong>of</strong> distances. DM<br />

stores distances in meters and centimeters and DB in feet and inches. Write<br />

a program that can read values for the class objects and one object <strong>of</strong> DM<br />

with another object <strong>of</strong> DB.<br />

Use a friend function to carry out the addition operation. The object that<br />

stores the results may be a DM object or DB object, depending on the units<br />

in which the results are required.<br />

The display should be in the format <strong>of</strong> feet and inches or meters and<br />

centimeters depending on the object on display.<br />

6. Create a class rational which represents a numerical value by two double<br />

values – NUMERATOR & DENOMINATOR. Include the following public<br />

member Functions:<br />

• Constructor with no arguments (default).<br />

• Constructor with two arguments .<br />

• Void reduce () that reduces the rational number by eliminating the<br />

highest common factor between the numerator and the denominator.<br />

• Overload +operator to add two rational number.<br />

• Overload >>operator to enable input through cin.<br />

• Overload


7. Consider the following class definition class father {<br />

Protected : int age;<br />

Public;<br />

Father (int x) {age = x;}<br />

Virtual void iam ()<br />

{cout


11. Imagine a tollbooth with a class called Toll Booth. The two data items are a<br />

type unsigned int to hold the total number <strong>of</strong> cars, and a type double to hold<br />

the total amount <strong>of</strong> money collected. A constructor initializes to these to 0.<br />

A member function called paying Car () increments the car total and adds<br />

0.50 to the cash total. Another function, called nopay Car (), increments the<br />

car total but adds nothing to the cash total. Finally, a member function called<br />

displays the two totals.<br />

Include a program to test this class. This program should allow the user to<br />

push one key to count a paying car, and another to count a non-paying car.<br />

Pushing the ESC key should cause the program to print out the total cars<br />

and total cash and then exit.<br />

12. Write a function called reversit () that reverses a string (an array <strong>of</strong> Char).<br />

Use a for loop that swaps the first and last characters, then the second and<br />

next to last characters and so on. The string should be passed to reversit (),<br />

and print out the result. Use an input method that allows embedded blanks.<br />

Test the program with Napoleon’s famous phrase, “Able was I ere I saw<br />

Elba)”<br />

13. Create some objects <strong>of</strong> string class, and put them in a Deque-some at the<br />

head <strong>of</strong> the Deque and some at the tail. Display the contents <strong>of</strong> the Deque<br />

using the for Each () function and a user written display function. Then<br />

search the Deque for a particular string, using the first That () function and<br />

display any strings that match. Finally remove all the items form the Deque<br />

using the get left () function and display each item<br />

14. Assume that a blank maintains two kinds <strong>of</strong> accounts for customers. One<br />

called as savings account and the other as current account. The saving<br />

account provides compound interest and withdrawal facilities but no cheque<br />

book facility. The current account provides cheque book facility but no<br />

interest. Current account holders should also maintain a minimum balance<br />

and if the balance falls below this level, a service charge is imposed.<br />

Create a class account that stores customer name, account number and type<br />

<strong>of</strong> account. Form this derive the classes cur_acct and Sav_acct to make<br />

them more specific to their requirements. Include necessary member<br />

functions in order to achieve the following tasks:<br />

a) Accept deposit from a customer and update the balance.<br />

b) Display the balance.<br />

c) Compute and deposit interest.<br />

d) Permit withdrawal and update the balance.<br />

e) Check for the minimum balance, impose penalty, necessary and<br />

update the balance.<br />

f) Do not use any constructor. Use member functions to initialize the<br />

class members.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

17


15. Create a base class called shape. Use this class to store two double type<br />

values that could be used to compute the area <strong>of</strong> figure. Derive two specific<br />

classes called triangle and rectangle from the base shape. Add to the base<br />

class, a member function get data () to initialize base class data members<br />

and another members function display area (), to compute and display the<br />

area <strong>of</strong> figures. Make display area () as a virtual function and redefine this<br />

function in the derived classes to suit their requirements.<br />

Using these three classes, design a program that will accept dimensions <strong>of</strong> a<br />

triangle or a rectangle interactively and display the area.<br />

Remember the two values given, as input will be treated as lengths <strong>of</strong> two<br />

sides in the case <strong>of</strong> rectangles and as base and height in the case <strong>of</strong><br />

triangles and used as follows:<br />

Area <strong>of</strong> rectangle = x * y<br />

Area <strong>of</strong> Triangle = 1/2 x * y<br />

Programming <strong>of</strong> exercises in C++ in the form <strong>of</strong> projects (based on “Object<br />

Oriented Programming in TURBO C++, Robert Lafore, Galgotia Publications<br />

Pvt. Ltd., 1994, to be done in consultation with the faculty incharge for the<br />

course.)<br />

Note :- Record to be maintained both electronically and hard copy for<br />

evaluation.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for III sem.doc<br />

18


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

Metrology and Interchangeability (ME - 4001)<br />

Course Code (ME - 4001) Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Metrology and Interchangeability<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Standards <strong>of</strong> Measurements : Line standards, imperial standard yard, standard<br />

meter, sub-standards and standards, end bars, slip gauges, angular slip gauges,<br />

wave length standard.<br />

Measuring Principles : Principle for mechanical measuring instruments – Lever<br />

method, vernier method, screw & screw nut method. Compound gearing method,<br />

helical strip method. Principles <strong>of</strong> optical measuring instruments. Reflection,<br />

refraction interference, optical prism, lenses, optical systems. Principle <strong>of</strong> electrical<br />

measuring instruments. Transformation <strong>of</strong> energy, variation <strong>of</strong> electric parameters,-<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> pneumatic measuring instruments. Construction details <strong>of</strong> measuring<br />

instruments. Abbe principle, graduation lines and scale division, pivot & bearings.<br />

Measuring accuracy – dimensional & geometrical accuracy. Types <strong>of</strong> error,<br />

systematic error, compound error, random error.<br />

1


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Interchangeability : Concept and need <strong>of</strong> interchangeability. Systems <strong>of</strong><br />

tolerances, system <strong>of</strong> fits. Limit gauges, Standardisation. Design standardisation.<br />

Manufacturing standardisation.<br />

Linear and Angular Measurement : Use <strong>of</strong> slip gauges, dial indicators.<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong>, optical and electrical comparators, pneumatic gauges, measuring<br />

machines, sinebars & angle, gauges, levels, clinometer, auto-collimator, tapper<br />

gauges.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Straightness, Flatness and Squareness testing : Straight edges, surface plates<br />

straightness testing, straight edge methods, level or auto-collimator method.<br />

Flatness testing – level or auto – collimator method, optical flatness testing,<br />

squareness testing, indicator method, auto – collimator methods, engineer’s<br />

squares.<br />

Screw Thread Measurement : Errors in threads, screw thread gauges,<br />

measurement <strong>of</strong> element <strong>of</strong> the external and internal threads, thread caliper<br />

gauges.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Spur Gear Measurement : Geometry <strong>of</strong> spur gear, measurement <strong>of</strong> spur gea<br />

parameters, ram out, pitch, pr<strong>of</strong>ile, lead, backlash, tooth thickness, composite<br />

elements.<br />

Surface Finish Measurement : Definition measurement <strong>of</strong> surface, finishtaly surf,<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>ilometer, tomilson recorder, compariscope, microscope interference methods.<br />

Miscellaneous : Acceptance tests for a lathe.<br />

Alignment <strong>of</strong> bearings.<br />

Text Books:-<br />

1. Gupta, I.C., “Engineering Metrology”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 1994.<br />

2. Hume, K.J., “Engineering Metrology”, Mac Donald & Co. 1963.<br />

References Books:-<br />

1. Kumar, D.S., “<strong>Mechanical</strong> Measurements and Control”, Metropolitan, New<br />

Delhi.<br />

2. Doeblein, E.O., “Measurement Systems, Application Design”, Mc Graw Hill,<br />

1990.<br />

3. Beckwith Thomas G., “<strong>Mechanical</strong> Measurements”, Narosa Publishing<br />

House, N.Delhi.<br />

2


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

Manufacturing Technology – I (ME - 4002)<br />

Course Code (ME - 4002) Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Manufacturing Technology – I<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Unit – I<br />

Metal Casting Processes: Advantage and limitations, sand mold making procedure,<br />

Patterns and Cores. Pattern materials, pattern allowances, types <strong>of</strong> pattern, colour<br />

coding, Molding material, Molding sand composition, and preparation, sand<br />

properties and testing type <strong>of</strong> sand molds.<br />

Unit – II Cores: Types <strong>of</strong> cores, core prints, chaplets, chills, Gating systems,<br />

Gates and gaiting systems risers, Melting practice, Cupola, charge calculations.<br />

Casting cleaning and casting defects Fettling, defects in castings and their<br />

remedies, methods <strong>of</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> castings fore their soundness.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Unit – III Special Casting Processes: Shell molding, precision investment casting,<br />

permanent mold casting, die casting, centrifugal casting, continuous casting.<br />

Unit – IV Metal forming Processes: Nature <strong>of</strong> plastic deformation, hot working<br />

and cold working. Principles <strong>of</strong> rolling roll passes roll pass sequences. Forging:<br />

Forging operations, smith forging, drop forging, press forging, forging defects.<br />

3


SECTION – C<br />

Unit – V Extursion and other processes : Extrusion principle, hot extrusion, cold<br />

extrusion, wire drawing, swaging, tube making, Sheet metal operation, Press tolls<br />

operations, shearing action, drawing dies, spinning, bending, strech forming,<br />

embossing and coining.<br />

Unit – VI Gas and Arc Welding: Classification: Oxy-acetylene welding equipment<br />

and techniques. Electric arc welding: Electrodes, manual metal arc welding, inert<br />

gas shielding arc welding, tungsten inert gas welding (TIG), metal inert gas wedling<br />

(MIG), submerged arc welding (SAW)<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Unit – VII Resistance Welding: Principles, resistance sopt welding, resistance<br />

seam welding, upset welding, flash welding.<br />

Unit – VIII Other Welding Processes : Introduction thermit welding, electro slag<br />

welding, electron beam welding, forge welding, friction welding, diffusion welding,<br />

brazing and soldering.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Principles <strong>of</strong> Manufacturing Materials & Processes – Campbell J.S.Publisher –<br />

Mc Graw Hill.<br />

2. Manufacturing Science – Ghosh A.Malik, A.K.Affiliated East-West Press Pvt.<br />

Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books :<br />

1. Foundary Technology – K.P.Sinha, D.B.Goel, Roorkee Publishing House.<br />

2. Welding and Welding Technology, Richard L.Little Tata McGraw Hill Ltd.<br />

3. Principle <strong>of</strong> Metal casting- Rosenthal, Tata Mc Graw hill, New Delhi.<br />

4. Production Technology – R.K.Jain, Khanna Publication Ltd., N D.<br />

5. Manufacturing Processes and Systems : Ostwald Phillip F., Munoz Jairo,<br />

John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.<br />

6. Welding Technology – O.P.Khanna, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.<br />

7. Manufacturing Technology – Foundry, Forming and Welding – P.N.Rao, Tata<br />

Mc Graw Hill.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

4


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – II ME - 4003<br />

Course Code ME - 4003 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Strength <strong>of</strong> Materials – II<br />

Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section - A<br />

Unsymmetrical Bending: Properties <strong>of</strong> beam cross section, product <strong>of</strong> inertia,<br />

ellipse <strong>of</strong> inertia, slope <strong>of</strong> the neutral axis, stresses & deflections, shear center and<br />

the flexural axis, Numerical problems.<br />

Continuous Beams: Clapeyorn’s Theorem, Wilson’s method, Numerical problems.<br />

Section - B<br />

Thin Walled Vessels: Derivation <strong>of</strong> Hoop & Longitudinal stresses & strains in<br />

cylindrical & spherical vessels under internal pressure. Change in volume <strong>of</strong> vessel<br />

under pressure, Numerical problems.<br />

Thick Cylinders & Spheres: Derivation <strong>of</strong> equations for radial & hoop stresses and<br />

strains in thick cylinders and spherical shells. Compound cylinders and spherical<br />

shells subjected to internal fluid pressure only, hub shrunk on solid shaft. Wire -<br />

wound cylinders. Numerical problems.<br />

5


Section - C<br />

Rotating Rims, Discs & Cylinders: Stresses and strains in (i) rotating rims,<br />

neglecting the effect <strong>of</strong> spokes, (ii) rotating discs, including disc <strong>of</strong> uniform strength<br />

and disc shrunk on hub (iii) rotating cylinders (solid & hollow). Numerical problems.<br />

Section - D<br />

Bending <strong>of</strong> Curved Bars: Stresses in bars <strong>of</strong> initial large radius <strong>of</strong> curvature, bars<br />

<strong>of</strong> initial small radius <strong>of</strong> curvature. Stresses in crane hooks, rings and chain links <strong>of</strong><br />

circular & trapezoidal sections. Numerical Problems.<br />

Springs: Stresses in closed and open coiled helical springs subjected to axial<br />

loads and twisting couples. Leaf springs, flat spiral springs. Numerical Problems.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials – G.H. Ryder- Third Edition in S.I. units 1969<br />

Macmillan India.<br />

2. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Materials- Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />

New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Popov , PHI, New Delhi<br />

2. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials-Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications<br />

3. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- A Rudimentary Apprach-M.A. Jayaram,<br />

Revised Ed. 2001, Sapna Book house, Bangalore.<br />

4. Strengths <strong>of</strong> Materials- U.C. Jindal<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

6


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

COMPUTER BASED NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AS - 4004<br />

Course Code AS – 4004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Computer based Numerical Analysis<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

FINITE DIFFERENCES & INTERPOLATION : Various difference operators and<br />

relation between them. Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae.<br />

Central difference Interpolation formula. Gauss’s forward and backward<br />

interpolation formulae. Lagrenge’s interpolation formula and Newton’s divided<br />

difference formulae.<br />

SECTION- B<br />

SOLUTION OF ALGEBRAIC AND TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS : Bisection<br />

method, method <strong>of</strong> false position, secant method, Iteration method, Newton-<br />

Raphson method, Generalized Newton-Raphson method.<br />

SOLUTION OF SIMULTANEOUS ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS : Jacobi’s method,<br />

Gauss-seidal method, relaxation method.<br />

7


SECTION – C<br />

NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION : Formulae for derivatives.<br />

Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rd and 3/8 th rules, Boole’s and Weddle’s rules,<br />

Romberg’s integration.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF P.D.E.: Finite difference approximations <strong>of</strong> partial<br />

derivatives, solution <strong>of</strong> Laplace equation (Standard 5-point formula only) Onedimensional<br />

heat equation (Schmidt method, Crank – Nicolson DuFort method and<br />

Frankel method) and wave equation.<br />

TEXT BOOKS:<br />

1. Numerical Methods in Engg. & Sciences : B.S.Grewal : Khanna<br />

2. Numerical methods for Scientific & Engg. Computations :<br />

M.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar & R.K.Jain; Wiley Eastern Ltd.<br />

REFERENCE BOOKS:<br />

1. Computer Oriented Numerical methods : U.Rajaramanm Orebtuce; Hall <strong>of</strong><br />

India.<br />

2. Introduction to Numerical Analysis : C.E.Froberg; Addison Wesley.<br />

NOTE:<br />

i) Students will be asked to write computer program <strong>of</strong> problems discussed.<br />

In c/c++.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

8


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

Heat Power Engineering ME - 4005<br />

Course Code ME - 4005 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Heat Power Engineering<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section –A<br />

Unit I Fuels and Combustion: Combustion equations, stochiometric air fuel<br />

ratio, excess air, exhaust gas analysis, Orsat apparatus. Enthalpy and internal<br />

energy <strong>of</strong> combustion, enthalpy <strong>of</strong> formation, adiabatic flame temperature, Gibb,s<br />

and Helmholtz functions, calorific value <strong>of</strong> fuel and its determination.<br />

Unit II Steam Boiler: Boilers and their classification, comparison between fire<br />

tube and water tube boilers, essentials <strong>of</strong> a good boiler. Constructional and<br />

operational details <strong>of</strong> Locomotive, Babcock-Wilcox, Lancashire Boiler, Benson,<br />

Lamont, Loeffler and Velox boilers. Boiler mountings and accessories. Natural<br />

draft from chimney, height <strong>of</strong> chimney, maximum draft and chimney efficiency,<br />

forced draft and induced draft, Boiler Heat Balance Sheet.<br />

Section B<br />

Unit III Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot and Rankine Vapour cycles, effect <strong>of</strong><br />

operating conditions on thermal efficiency <strong>of</strong> Rankine cycle, Rankine cycle with<br />

superheat, reheat cycle and regenerative feed heating cycle, Binary vapour cycle.<br />

9


Unit IV Flow Through Nozzles: Velocity and heat drop, mass discharge through<br />

a nozzle, critical pressure ratio and its significance, effect <strong>of</strong> friction and nozzle<br />

efficiency, supersaturated flow, nozzles <strong>of</strong>f the design pressure ratio.<br />

Section C & D<br />

Unit V Steam Turbines: Classification, flow through impulse blades, velocity<br />

diagram, calculation <strong>of</strong> power output and efficiency, maximum blade efficiency <strong>of</strong><br />

single stage impulse turbine, blade friction, compounding <strong>of</strong> impulse turbine. Flow<br />

through impulse reaction blades, degree <strong>of</strong> reaction, velocity diagram, calculations<br />

for power output, efficiency and blade height, comparison <strong>of</strong> impulse and impulse<br />

reaction turbines. Losses in steam turbines, stage efficiency overall efficiency and<br />

reheat factor. Governing <strong>of</strong> steam turbines, throttle governing, nozzle control<br />

governing and by pass governing. Steam for heating and process work, back<br />

pressure turbines and pass out turbines.<br />

Unit VI Steam Condensers: Elements <strong>of</strong> a condensing plant, types <strong>of</strong><br />

condensers, comparison <strong>of</strong> jet and surface condensers. Condenser vacuum,<br />

air leakage and loss <strong>of</strong> vacuum, vacuum efficiency and condenser efficiency,<br />

Dalton’s law and air vapour mixture, air pumps.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Thermal Engineering – P L Ballaney, Khanna Publishers.<br />

2. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines vol II - R Yadav, Central<br />

Publishing House.<br />

3. Thermal Engineering – A.S.Sarao – S.K.Kataria and Sons.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering Technologists – T D Eastop<br />

and A McConkey, Pearson Education.<br />

2. Heat Engineering – V P Vasandani and D S Kumar, Metropolitan Book<br />

Co Pvt. Ltd.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

10


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

MATERIAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING ME - 4006<br />

Course Code ME - 4006 Credits : 3 L-3, T-0, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Material Science & Engineering<br />

Lectures to be delivered 39 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 0 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests (2) 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C,<br />

D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with<br />

10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 40% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all<br />

selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question<br />

paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section A<br />

Unit I Crystallography: Review <strong>of</strong> crystal structure, space lattice, crystal planes<br />

and crystal directions, co-ordination number, number <strong>of</strong> atoms per unit cell, atomic<br />

packing factor, numerical problems related to crystallography.<br />

Unit II Imperfection in metal crystals: Crystal imperfection and their classifications,<br />

point defects, line defects, edge & screw dislocations, surface defects, volume<br />

defects, and effects <strong>of</strong> imperfections on metal properties.<br />

Section B<br />

Unit III Solid solutions and phase diagram: Introduction to single and multiphase<br />

solid solutions and types <strong>of</strong> solid solutions, Importance and objectives <strong>of</strong> phase<br />

diagram, systems, phase and structural constituents, cooling curves, unitary &<br />

binary phase diagrams, Gibb’s phase rule, Lever rule, eutectic and eutectoid<br />

systems, peritectic and peritectoid systems, iron carbon equilibrium diagram and<br />

TTT diagram.<br />

11


Unit IV Heat Treatment: Principles, purpose, classification <strong>of</strong> heat treatment<br />

processes, annealing normalizing, stress relieving, hardening, tempering,<br />

carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding, flame and induction hardening. Allotropic<br />

transformation <strong>of</strong> iron and steel, properties <strong>of</strong> austenite, ferrite, pearlite, martensite.<br />

D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

Section C<br />

Unit V Deformation <strong>of</strong> Metals: Elastic and plastic deformation, mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />

plastic deformation, twining; conventional and true stress strain curves for<br />

polycrystalline materials, yield point phenomena, strain hardening, age hardening<br />

work hardening, Bauschinger effect, season cracking. Recovery, re-crystallization<br />

and grain growth.<br />

Unit VI Alloys and alloying elements. Effect <strong>of</strong> various alloying elements on the<br />

mechanical properties. Properties <strong>of</strong> important alloys used in mechanical<br />

engineering practice.<br />

Section D<br />

Unit VII Failures <strong>of</strong> metals: Failure analysis, fracture, process <strong>of</strong> fracture, types<br />

<strong>of</strong> fracture, fatigue, characteristics <strong>of</strong> fatigue, S-N curve, fatigue limit, mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />

fatigue, factor affecting fatigue, Miner’s law, simple numerical problems on fatigue.<br />

Unit VIII Creep & Corrosion: Definition and concept, creep curve, mechanism <strong>of</strong><br />

creep, impact <strong>of</strong> time and temperature on creep, creep fracture, creep testing and<br />

prevention against creep. Corrosion: Mechanism and effect <strong>of</strong> corrosion, prevention<br />

<strong>of</strong> corrosion.<br />

Text Books :<br />

1. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Metallurgy – George E. Dieter Jr. Mc. Graw Hill, International<br />

Students Edition.<br />

2. Physical Metallurgy – Lakhtin – Mir Publishers, Moscow.<br />

3. Physical Metallurgy – Bijender Singh – Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />

New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Material Science & Engineering - V.Raghavan, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India Pvt. Ltd.,<br />

New Delhi.<br />

2. A Text Book <strong>of</strong> Material Science & Metallurgy – O.P.Khanna, Dhanpat Rai &<br />

Sons.<br />

3. Material Science and Engineering – An Introduction – Callister, W.D.John Wiley<br />

& Sons. (ASIA) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

4. Elements <strong>of</strong> Material Science and Engineering : Van Vlack, Wesley Pub. Comp.<br />

5. Engineering Materials: Kenneth G.Budinski, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India, New Delhi.<br />

6. Mechanics <strong>of</strong> materials : Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors, New<br />

Delhi.<br />

7. Heat Treatment <strong>of</strong> Metals – Bijender Singh – Standard Publishers Distributors,<br />

New Delhi.<br />

12


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

Manufacturing Practice - I ME - 4007<br />

Course Code ME - 4007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Manufacturing Practice – I<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Assessment record 25%, Viva/Hands<br />

25%, Attendance 20%<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />

by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To make a pattern for a given casting with all the necessary allowances,<br />

parting line, running system details. Prepare the mold and make the casting.<br />

Investigate the casting defects and suggest the remedial measures.<br />

2. To make a component involving horizontal and vertical welding and study the<br />

welding defect and suggests their remedies.<br />

3. To prepare a job on surface grinder/cylindrical grinder and measure the<br />

various parameters <strong>of</strong> the finished piece.<br />

4. To cut external threads on a lathe.<br />

5. Manufacture and assembly <strong>of</strong> a unit consisting <strong>of</strong> 2 to 3 components to have<br />

the concept <strong>of</strong> tolerances and fits (shaft and bush assembly or shaft, key and<br />

bush assembly or any suitable assembly).<br />

6. Leveling <strong>of</strong> machine tools and testing their accuracy.<br />

7. Disassembly and assembly <strong>of</strong> small assemblies such as tail stock, bench<br />

vice, screw jack etc.<br />

8. Development and manufacture <strong>of</strong> complex sheet metal components such as<br />

funnel etc.<br />

9. Multi slot cutting on milling machine by indexing.<br />

10. Drilling and boring <strong>of</strong> a bush.<br />

13


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

Computer based Numerical Analysis Lab AS - 4008<br />

Course Code AS - 4008 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

Computer based Numerical Analysis<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab record Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Assessment 25%, Viva/Hands 25%,<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />

by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

WRITE DOWN AND EXECUTE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS USING<br />

C/C++ LANGUAGE<br />

1. To find the roots <strong>of</strong> non-linear equation using Bisection method/Muller’s<br />

method.<br />

2. To find the roots <strong>of</strong> non-linear equation using Newton’s method/Muller’s<br />

method.<br />

3. Curve fitting by least-squares approximations.<br />

4. To solve the system <strong>of</strong> linear equations using Gauss-Elimination method.<br />

5. To solve the system <strong>of</strong> linear equations using Gauss-Seidal iteration method.<br />

6. To solve the system <strong>of</strong> linear equations using Gauss-Jordan method.<br />

7. To solve integral equation numerically using Trapezoidal rule.<br />

8. To solve integral equation numerically using Simpson’s rule.<br />

9. Find the largest Eigen value <strong>of</strong> a matrix by power – method.<br />

10. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> ordinary differential equations by Euler’s<br />

method.<br />

11. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> ordinary differential equations by Runge-Kutta<br />

method.<br />

12. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> partial differential equation/laplace equation/<br />

wave equation/heat equation.<br />

13. To find numerical solution <strong>of</strong> ordinary differential equations by Milne’s<br />

method.<br />

14. To solve a given problem using Newton’s forward interpolation formula.<br />

15. To solve a given problem using Lagrange’s forward interpolation formula.<br />

NOTE : Minimum 10 experiments are to be performed.<br />

14


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

HEAT POWER ENGINEERING LAB ME – 4009<br />

Course Code ME - 4009 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

HEAT POWER ENGINEERING LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab record Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Assessment 25%, Viva/Hands 25%,<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />

by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To prepare heat balance sheet for given boiler<br />

2. To study the working <strong>of</strong> impulse and reaction steam turbines.<br />

3. To find dryness fraction <strong>of</strong> steam by separating and throttling calorimeter.<br />

4. To find power out put & efficiency <strong>of</strong> a steam turbine.<br />

5. To find the condenser efficiencies<br />

6. To study and find volumetric efficiency <strong>of</strong> a reciprocating air compressor.<br />

7. To study cooling tower and find its efficiency.<br />

8. To find calorific value <strong>of</strong> sample <strong>of</strong> fuel using Bomb calorimeter.<br />

15


D:\MAM\Proposed Schema for Mech Engg\<strong>Syllabus</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Mechanical</strong> for IV sem.doc<br />

SEMESTER – IV<br />

MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB ME - 4010<br />

Course Code ME – 4010 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Continuous Lab work 30%, Lab record Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Assessment 25%, Viva/Hands 25%,<br />

Attendance 20%<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed<br />

by the candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To study crystal structures <strong>of</strong> a given specimen.<br />

2. To study crystal imperfections in a given specimen.<br />

3. To study micro - structures <strong>of</strong> metals/alloys.<br />

4. To prepare solidification curve for a given specimen.<br />

5. To study heat treatment processes (hardening and tempering) <strong>of</strong> steel<br />

6.<br />

specimen.<br />

To study micro - structure <strong>of</strong> heat treated steel.<br />

7. To study thermo-setting <strong>of</strong> plastics.<br />

8. To study the creep behavior <strong>of</strong> a given specimen.<br />

9. To study the mechanism <strong>of</strong> chemical corrosion and its protection.<br />

10. To study the properties <strong>of</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> plastics.<br />

11. To study Bravais lattices with the help <strong>of</strong> models.<br />

12. To study crystal structures and crystals imperfections using ball models.<br />

16


SEMESTER – V<br />

KINEMATICS OF MACHINES ME – 5001<br />

Course Code ME – 5001 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course KINEMATICS OF MACHINES<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions:-<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will<br />

be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which<br />

will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />

in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Introduction: Mechanism and machines, kinematics links, kinematic pairs, kinematic chains, plane and space<br />

mechanism, kinematic inversion, equivalent linkages, four link planar mechanisms, straight line mechanisms,<br />

steering mechanisms, pantograph.<br />

Kinematic Analysis <strong>of</strong> Plane Mechanisms: Displacement analysis, general plane motion, instantaneous center <strong>of</strong><br />

velocity, graphical and analytical methods <strong>of</strong> velocity and acceleration analysis.<br />

Section – B<br />

Cams: Classification <strong>of</strong> cams and followers, disc cam nomenclature, construction <strong>of</strong> displacement, velocity and<br />

acceleration diagrams for different types <strong>of</strong> follower motions, analysis <strong>of</strong> follower motions, determination <strong>of</strong> basic<br />

dimension, synthesis <strong>of</strong> cam pr<strong>of</strong>ile by graphical approach, cams with specified contours, tangent and circular<br />

arc cams.<br />

Section – C<br />

Gears: fundamental law <strong>of</strong> gearing, involute spur gears, characteristics <strong>of</strong> involute action, Interference and<br />

undercutting, center distance variation, non standard gear teeth, helical, spiral bevel and worm gears.<br />

Gear Trains: Synthesis <strong>of</strong> simple, compound and reverted gear trains, analysis <strong>of</strong> epicyclic gear trains.<br />

Section – D<br />

Kinematic synthesis <strong>of</strong> Mechanisms. Type, number and dimensional synthesis, function generation, path<br />

generation and body guidance two and three position synthesis <strong>of</strong> four bar and slider crank by graphical and<br />

analytical methods, Freudenstein’s equation precision position, structural error; Chebychev spacing,<br />

transmission angle.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Theory <strong>of</strong> Mechanisms and Machines : Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, Third Edition Affiliated<br />

East West Press.<br />

2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines: S.S.Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Mechanism and Machine Theory: J.S.Rao and R.V.Dukkipati Second Edition New age International.<br />

2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines and Mechanisms: Joseph Edward Sigley and john Joseph Uicker, Jr. Second Edition<br />

McGraw Hill, Inc.


SEMESTER – V<br />

MACHINE DESIGN – I ME – 5002<br />

Course Code ME – 5002 Credits: 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE DESIGN – I<br />

Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />

Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />

<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />

will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />

one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />

the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />

allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Selection <strong>of</strong> Materials: Classification <strong>of</strong> Engg. Materials, <strong>Mechanical</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> the<br />

commonly used Engg. materials, B.I.S. system <strong>of</strong> designation <strong>of</strong> steel, B.I.S.System <strong>of</strong><br />

designation <strong>of</strong> C.I. B.I.S. system <strong>of</strong> Fits & Tolerances.<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong> Joints: ISO Metric Screw Threads, Bolted joints in tension, Eccentrically loaded<br />

bolted joints in shear and under combined stresses, Design <strong>of</strong> power screws.<br />

Section – B<br />

Riveted Joints, Welded Joints Cotter and Knuckle Joints: Design <strong>of</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> riveted<br />

and welded joints, joints under different static loading conditions, eccentrically loaded riveted<br />

joints, design <strong>of</strong> cotter and knuckle joints. Design <strong>of</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> welding joints under<br />

different static loading, eccentrically loaded welding joints.<br />

Section – C<br />

Belt, rope and chain drives: Design <strong>of</strong> belt drives, Flat & V-belt drives, Conditions for<br />

Transmission <strong>of</strong> max. Power, Selection <strong>of</strong> belt, design <strong>of</strong> rope drives, design <strong>of</strong> chain drives<br />

with sprockets.<br />

Keys, Couplings and Flywheel : Design <strong>of</strong> Keys, Flat, Kennedy Keys, Splines, Couplings<br />

design Rigid & Flexible coupling, Turning Moment diagram, Coefficient <strong>of</strong> fluctuation <strong>of</strong><br />

energy and speed, design <strong>of</strong> flywheel – solid disk and rimmed flywheels.


Section – D<br />

Clutches: Various types <strong>of</strong> clutches in use, Design <strong>of</strong> friction clutches, Disc, Multidisc and<br />

Cone type.<br />

Brakes: Various types <strong>of</strong> brakes, Self energizing condition <strong>of</strong> brakes, Design <strong>of</strong> shoe brakes –<br />

Internal & external expanding, band brakes.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engg. Design – First Metric Editions : Joseph Edward Shigley – Mc Graw<br />

Hill Book Co.<br />

2. Design <strong>of</strong> Machine Elements – V.B.Bhandari – Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />

3. PSG Design Data Book.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Engineering design – George Dieter, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />

2. Product Design and Manufacturing – Edition PHI –A.K.Chitale and R.C.Gupta.<br />

3. Machine Design An Integrated Approach: Robert L.Norton, Second Edition – Addison<br />

Wesley Longman.<br />

4. Machine Design : S.G.Kulkarini – Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

5. Machine Design in SI Units Maleev & Hartman 5 th edition (edited by O.P.Grover)<br />

Note: The paper setter will be required to mention in the note in the question paper that the<br />

use <strong>of</strong> only PSG Design Data book is permitted.


SEMESTER – V<br />

FLUID MACHINES ME – 5003<br />

Course Code ME – 5003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course FLUID MACHINES<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />

Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />

<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />

will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />

one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />

the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />

allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Impact <strong>of</strong> free jets: Impulse – momentum principle, jet impingement – on a stationary flat plate and on<br />

a hinged plate – on a moving flat plate – at the centre <strong>of</strong> a stationery vane, a moving vane and a<br />

series <strong>of</strong> vanes Jet striking tangentially at the tip <strong>of</strong> a stationery vane and a moving vane, jet<br />

propulsion <strong>of</strong> ships.<br />

Impulse Turbines: Classification – impulse and reaction turbines, water wheels, component parts,<br />

construction, operation and governing mechanism <strong>of</strong> a Pelton wheel, work done, effective head<br />

available head and efficiency <strong>of</strong> a pelton wheel, design aspects, speed ratio, flow ratio, jet ratio<br />

number <strong>of</strong> jets, number <strong>of</strong> buckets and working proportions, Performance Characteristics, Numerical<br />

Problems.<br />

Section – B<br />

Francis Turbines: Component parts, construction and operation <strong>of</strong> a Francis turbine, governing<br />

mechanism, work done by the turbine runner, working proportions and design parameters, slow<br />

medium and fast runners, degree <strong>of</strong> reaction, inward/outward radial flow reaction turbines,<br />

Performance Characteristics.<br />

Propeller and Kaplan turbines: Component parts, construction and operation <strong>of</strong> a Kaplan turbine,<br />

differences between the Francis and Kaplan turbines, draft tube – its functions and different forms,<br />

Performance Characteristics.<br />

Section – C<br />

Dimensional Analysis and Model Similitude: Dimensional homogeneity, Rayleigh’s method and<br />

Buckingham’s Pitheorem, model studies and similitude, dimensionless numbers and their<br />

significance. Unit quantities, specific speed and model relationships for turbines, scale effect<br />

cavitations – its causes, harmful effects and prevention, Thomas cavitation number.<br />

Hydraulic systems: Function, construction and operation <strong>of</strong>: Hydraulic accumulator, hydraulic<br />

intensifier, hydraulic crane, hydraulic lift and hydraulic press, Hydraulic ram.


Section – D<br />

Centrifugal Pumps: Classification, velocity vector diagrams and work done, hydraulic and manometric<br />

efficiency, vane shape, head capacity relationship and pump losses, pressure rise impeller, minimum<br />

starting speed, multi-stage pumps, Similarity relations and specific speed, net positive suction head,<br />

cavitation and maximum suctions lift, performance characteristics.<br />

Reciprocating Pumps: Construction and operational details, discharge coefficient, volumetric<br />

efficiency and slip, work and power input, effect <strong>of</strong> acceleration and friction on indicator diagram<br />

(pressure – stroke length plot) air vessels and their utility. Centrifugal Vs. reciprocating pumps.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics – Modi & Seth, Pub. – Standard Book House, N.Sarak, Delhi.<br />

2. Hydraulic Machines – V.P.Vasandani.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Hydraulic Machines – Jagdish Lal.<br />

2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines: S.K.Somand G.Biswas, Tata McGraw<br />

Hill.<br />

3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering – D.S.Kumar, S.K.Kataria and Sons.


SEMESTER – V<br />

INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES ME – 5004<br />

Course Code ME – 5004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />

Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />

<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />

will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />

one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />

the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />

allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Introduction: I.C.Engines and their classification, Piston – Cylinder Arrangement and Related Terms,<br />

parts and their functions, Cycle <strong>of</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> four stroke and two stroke Engines, Applications.<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> Air Standard Otto, Diesel and Dual Cycles, Air Standard Efficiency and Mean Effective<br />

Pressure, Deviation <strong>of</strong> Actual Engine Cycle from Ideal Cycle, Valve Timing Diagrams for I.C.Engines,<br />

Wankel Engine.<br />

Two Stroke Engines: Principle <strong>of</strong> working, Scavenging and Scavenging Methods, Port Timing<br />

Diagram, Merits and Demerits, Applications, Comparison with Four Stroke Engines.<br />

Section – B<br />

Carburetion and Fuel Ignition Systems: Purpose, Main Requirements and Principle <strong>of</strong> a Carburetor,<br />

Constructional and Operational Details <strong>of</strong> a Single jet Carburetor, Compensating Devices, Salient<br />

Features and Comparative Merits/Demerits <strong>of</strong> Battery Ignition system and Magneto Ignition System,<br />

Timings and Spark Advance, Introduction to Basic Electronic Petrol Injection System, and Multipoint<br />

Fuel Injection System.<br />

Fuel Injection in CI Engines: Requirements <strong>of</strong> Diesel Fuel Injection System, Air Injection and Airless<br />

Injection systems, constructional and Operational Details <strong>of</strong> Fuel Pump and Fuel Atomizer.<br />

Section – C<br />

Combustion Process: Stages <strong>of</strong> combustion in S.I.Engines, Flame Ignition and Propagation, Effect <strong>of</strong><br />

Engine Variables on Flame Speed, Pre-Ignition and Detonation, Engine Variables Affecting<br />

Detonation, Theories <strong>of</strong> Detonation, Highest Useful Compression Ratio and Octane Rating <strong>of</strong> Fuels.<br />

Combustion in CI Engines, Effect <strong>of</strong> Operating Variables on Delay Period and Diesel Knock,<br />

Comparison between Knocking in SI and CI Engines, Rating <strong>of</strong> Diesel Fuel – Cetane Number and<br />

Diesel Index.<br />

Cooling and Lubrication Systems: Need for Cooling, Classification <strong>of</strong> Cooling Systems – Thermo<br />

System, Radiator and Air-Cooling Systems. Function <strong>of</strong> a Lubricating System, Splash and Pressure<br />

Lubrication System, Wet and Dry Sump Lubrications, Lubrication <strong>of</strong> different Engine Parts, S.A.E.<br />

Rating <strong>of</strong> Lubricants.


Section – D<br />

Engine Testing and Performance: Purpose <strong>of</strong> Testing, Performance Parameters: Brake Power,<br />

Indicated Power, <strong>Mechanical</strong> Efficiency, Fuel and Air Consumption. Thermal Efficiency and Specific<br />

Fuel consumption. Heat balance Calculations and Performance Maps. Supercharging: Objective,<br />

Effects and its limits in SI and CI Engines, Numerical Problems.<br />

Engine Pollution and Alternative Fuels: Pollutants from SI and CI Engines, Methods <strong>of</strong> Emission<br />

Control, Alternate Fuels – Alcohol, LPG, Hydrogen, CNG, Biogas, Relative Merits and Demerits <strong>of</strong><br />

these Fuels.<br />

Text Books:<br />

v Internal Combustion Engines – V.Ganeshan, Mc. Graw Hill.<br />

v Automobile Engg. Vol.-II, Dr. Kirpal singh, Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi.<br />

v Internal Combustion Engines – Mathur and Sharma, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

v Internal Combustion Engines – Romalingum, Scitech Publication.<br />

v IC Engines – Maleev, McGraw Hill.<br />

v Mechanics <strong>of</strong> Automotive Engines – Srockan.


SEMESTER – V<br />

MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY – II ME – 5005<br />

Course Code ME – 5005 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY – II<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />

Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts<br />

<strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D<br />

will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting<br />

one question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all<br />

the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />

allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Mechanism <strong>of</strong> Metal Cutting: Deformation <strong>of</strong> metal during machining, nomenclature <strong>of</strong> lathe,<br />

milling tools, mechanics <strong>of</strong> chip formation, built-up edges, mechanics <strong>of</strong> orthogonal and<br />

oblique cutting, Merchant cutting force circle and shear angle relationship in orthogonal<br />

cutting, factors affecting tool forces. Cutting speed, feed and depth <strong>of</strong> cut, surface finish.<br />

Temperature distribution at tool chip interface. Numericals on cutting forces and Merchant<br />

circle.<br />

Section – B<br />

Cutting Tool Materials and Cutting Fluids: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> tool materials, various types <strong>of</strong><br />

cutting tool materials, coated tools, cutting tool selection, Purpose and types <strong>of</strong> cutting fluids,<br />

basic actions <strong>of</strong> cutting fluids, effect <strong>of</strong> cutting fluid on tool life, selections <strong>of</strong> cutting fluid.<br />

Tool Wear and Machinability: Types <strong>of</strong> tool wear, tool life, factors governing tool life,<br />

Machinability: Definition and evaluation, Economics <strong>of</strong> machining, Numericals on tool life.<br />

Section – C<br />

Gear Manufacturing: Introduction, methods <strong>of</strong> manufacture, Gear generation and forming:<br />

Gear cutting by milling, single point form tool, gear hobbing and shaping, Gear finishing<br />

operations: Gear shaving, gear burnishing, gear grinding, lapping.<br />

Jigs & Fixtures: Introduction, location and location devices, clamping and clamping device,<br />

Drill Jigs, Milling Fixtures.


Section – D<br />

Unconventional Machining Processes: Abrasive jet machining: Principles, applications,<br />

process parameters, Ultrasonic machining: Principles, applications, analysis <strong>of</strong> process<br />

parameters. Electro-chemical machining and grinding: Principles, classifications, choice <strong>of</strong><br />

electrolytes, applications. Electric discharge machining: Principles, selection <strong>of</strong> tools<br />

materials and dielectric fluid. Electron beam machining: Generation <strong>of</strong> electron beam, relative<br />

merits and demerits. Laser beam machining: Principles and applications.<br />

Text Books:<br />

v Manufacturing Technology – Metal cutting and machine Tools: P.N.Rao, Tata McGraw<br />

hill, New Delhi.<br />

v Introduction to Jig and Tool Design : Kempster M.H.A., Hodder & Stoughton, England.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

v Principles <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools – F.C.She & A.Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw Hill, New<br />

Delhi.<br />

v Manufacturing Engineering & Technology, Kalpakjian, Scrope Addison – Wesly<br />

Publishing Co. New York.<br />

v Modern Machining Processes: P.C.Pandey &H.S.Shan, Tata McGraw Hill Company,<br />

New Delhi.<br />

v Text Book <strong>of</strong> Production Engineering: P.C.Sharma, S.Chand & Sons……..


SEMESTER – V<br />

KINEMATICS OF MACHINES LAB ME – 5006<br />

Course Code ME – 5006 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

KINEMATICS OF MACHINES LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Lab Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To study various types <strong>of</strong> kinematic links, Pairs, Chains and Mechanisms.<br />

2. To study inversions <strong>of</strong> 4 Bar Mechanisms, Single and Double slider crank mechanisms.<br />

3. To plot slider displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank rotation for Single Slider<br />

Crank mechanism.<br />

4. To find Coefficient <strong>of</strong> friction between Belt and Pulley.<br />

5. To study various type <strong>of</strong> Cam and Follower arrangements.<br />

6. To plot follower displacement vs cam rotations for various Cam Follower systems.<br />

7. To generate spur gear involute tooth pr<strong>of</strong>ile using simulated gear shaping process.<br />

8. To study various types <strong>of</strong> gears – Helical, worm & bevel gears.<br />

9. To study various types <strong>of</strong> gear trains – simple, compound, reverted, epicyclic and differential.<br />

10. To study the working <strong>of</strong> Screw Jack and determine its efficiency.


SEMESTER – V<br />

FLUID MACHINES LAB ME – 5007<br />

Course Code ME – 5007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

FLUID MACHINES LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Pelton turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit.<br />

2. To draw the performance characteristics <strong>of</strong> Pelton turbine constant head, constant speed<br />

and constant efficiency.<br />

3. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Francis turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit.<br />

4. To draw the constant head, constant speed and constant efficiency performance<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> Francis turbine.<br />

5. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Kaplan turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit.<br />

6. To draw the constant head, speed and efficiency curves for a Kaplan turbine.<br />

7. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Centrifugal Pump and draw its characteristic<br />

curves.<br />

8. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Reciprocating Pump and draw its characteristic<br />

curves.<br />

9. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Hydraulic Ram and determine its various<br />

efficiencies.<br />

10. To study the constructional details <strong>of</strong> a Centrifugal compressor.


SEMESTER – V<br />

I.C.ENGINES LAB ME – 5008<br />

Course Code ME – 5008 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

I.C.ENGINES LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To study the constructional details and working principles <strong>of</strong> two-stroke/four stroke petrol<br />

engine.<br />

2. To study the constructional details and working <strong>of</strong> two-stroke/four stroke diesel engine.<br />

3. Analysis <strong>of</strong> exhaust gases from single cylinder/multicylinder diesel/petrol engine by Orsat<br />

Apparatus.<br />

4. To prepare heat balance sheet on multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine.<br />

5. To find the Indicated Power (IP) on multi-cylinder petrol engine/diesel engine by Morse<br />

Test.<br />

6. To prepare variable speed performance test <strong>of</strong> a multi-cylinder/single cylinder petrol<br />

engine/diesel engine and prepare the curves (i) BP, IP, FP, vs speed. (ii) Volumetric<br />

Efficiency and Indicated Specific Fuel Consumption vs speed.<br />

7. To find FP <strong>of</strong> a multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine by Willian’s line method and by<br />

motoring method.<br />

8. To perform constant speed performance test on a single cylinder/multi cylinder diesel<br />

engine and draw curves <strong>of</strong> (i) BP vs fuels rate, air rate and A/F and (ii) BP Vs. mech<br />

efficiency and bsfc.<br />

9. To measure CO. & Hydrocarbons in the exhaust <strong>of</strong> 2 stroke / 4 stroke petrol engine.<br />

10. To find intensity <strong>of</strong> smoke from a single cylinder / multicylinder diesel engine.


SEMESTER – V<br />

MANUFACTURING PRACTICE – II ME – 5009<br />

Course Code ME – 5009 Credits: 3 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

MANUFACTURING PRACTICE – II<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To measure a gap gauge with slip gauges.<br />

2. To measure the height <strong>of</strong> a circular spigot.<br />

3. To calibrate a micrometer.<br />

4. To measure a plug screw gauge.<br />

5. To check a straight edge.<br />

6. To check a engineer square.<br />

7. To measure the angle <strong>of</strong> taper plug with sine bar.<br />

8. To check a form gauge by projections including the construction <strong>of</strong> the projections drawing.<br />

9. To check a sine bar.<br />

10. To measure the pitch error <strong>of</strong> a screw gauge (plug or Ring).<br />

11. To measure the form and angle <strong>of</strong> a plug screw gauge by optical methods.<br />

12. To calibrate dial gauge.<br />

13. To compare the two slip gauges using an optical flat.<br />

14. To test the flatness <strong>of</strong> a surface plate using a block level.


SEMESTER –V<br />

AUTOCAD LABORATORY ME – 5010<br />

Course Code ME – 5010 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

AUTOCAD LABORATORY<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (50% marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (50% marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the candidate<br />

related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. Setting up <strong>of</strong> drawing environment by setting drawing limits, drawing units, naming the drawing<br />

naming layers, setting line types for different layers using various type <strong>of</strong> lines in Engineering<br />

drawing, saving the file with dwg. extension.<br />

2. Layout drawing <strong>of</strong> a building using different layer and line colors indicating all Building details<br />

name the details using text commands, Make a title Block.<br />

3. To Draw Orthographic projection drawings (Front, Top and side) <strong>of</strong> boiler safety valve giving<br />

name the components <strong>of</strong> the valve.<br />

4. Make an Isometric dimensioned drawing <strong>of</strong> a connecting Rod using Isometric grid and snap.<br />

5. Draw quarter sectional isometric view <strong>of</strong> a cotter joint.<br />

6. Draw different types <strong>of</strong> bolts and nuts with internal and external threading in Acme and square<br />

threading standards. Save the bolts and nuts as blocks suitable for insertion.<br />

7. Draw 3D models by extruding simple 2D objects, dimension and name the objects.<br />

8. Draw a 3D model <strong>of</strong> a machine component using 3D primitives and using commands like<br />

Union. Subtraction, Revolve, Slice, Rotate 3D etc. Calculate surface Area, Mass, Centre <strong>of</strong><br />

Gravity and Mass moment <strong>of</strong> inertia using inquiry commands render the figure made and<br />

attach a material to the figure.<br />

9. Draw a spiral by extruding a circle.<br />

10. Draw an assembly. Drawing <strong>of</strong> a machine part in 3D, different components <strong>of</strong> the machine are<br />

to be made in separate layers.


SEMESTER – VI<br />

DYNAMICS OF MACHINES ME – 6001<br />

Course Code ME – 6001 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course DYNAMICS OF MACHINES<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions:<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will<br />

be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which<br />

will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions<br />

in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Static and Dynamic Force Analysis: Static force analysis <strong>of</strong> planar mechanisms, dynamic force<br />

analysis including inertia and frictional forces <strong>of</strong> planar mechanisms.<br />

Balancing <strong>of</strong> Rotating Components: Static balance, dynamic balance, balancing <strong>of</strong> rotating masses,<br />

two plane balancing, graphical and analytical methods, balancing machines.<br />

Section – B<br />

Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Reciprocating Engines: Engine types, indicator diagrams, gas forces, equivalent masses,<br />

inertia forces, bearing loads in a single cylinder engine, crankshaft torque, engine shaking forces.<br />

Balancing <strong>of</strong> Reciprocating Parts: Balancing <strong>of</strong> single cylinder engine, balancing <strong>of</strong> multi cylinder;<br />

inline, radial and V type engines.<br />

Section – C<br />

Governors: Introduction, types <strong>of</strong> governors, characteristics <strong>of</strong> centrifugal governors, gravity controlled<br />

and spring controlled centrifugal governors, hunting <strong>of</strong> centrifugal governors.<br />

Section – D<br />

Dynamometers: types <strong>of</strong> dynamometers, prony brake, rope brake and band brake dynamometers,<br />

belt transmission dynamometer, torsion dynamometer, hydraulic dynamometer.<br />

Gyroscope: precession angular motion and gyroscopic couple and their effects on aeroplane, ship<br />

during steering, rolling and pitching.Stability <strong>of</strong> four wheel vehicles moving on curved paths.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Theory <strong>of</strong> Mechanisms and Machines : Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, Third<br />

Edition Affiliated East West Press.<br />

2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines and Mechanisms: Joseph Edward Sigley and john Joseph Uicker, Jr.<br />

Second Edition McGraw Hill, Inc.<br />

3. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines: S.S.Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Mechanism and Machine Theory: J.S.Rao and R.V.Dukkipati Second Edition New age<br />

International.<br />

2. Theory <strong>of</strong> Machines: Thomas Beven.


SEMESTER – VI<br />

MACHINE DESIGN – II ME – 6002<br />

Course Code ME – 6002 Credits: 6 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE DESIGN – II<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar<br />

10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will<br />

be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which<br />

will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination<br />

for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the<br />

syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for<br />

the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in<br />

Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Design for Production: Erogonomic considerations in design, Design considerations <strong>of</strong> casting, forging and<br />

machining. Variable Loading : Different types <strong>of</strong> fluctuating / variable stresses, Fatigue strength<br />

considering stress concentration factor, surface factor, size factor, reliability factor etc. Fatigue design for<br />

finite and infinite life against combined variable stress using Goodman and Soderberg’s Criterion. Fatigue<br />

design using Miner’s equation, Problems.<br />

Section – B<br />

Shafts: Detailed design <strong>of</strong> shafts for static and dynamic loading, Rigidity and deflection consideration.<br />

problems<br />

Springs: Types <strong>of</strong> Springs, Design for helical springs against tension and their uses. Compression and<br />

fluctuating loads, Design <strong>of</strong> leaf springs, Surging phenomenon in springs. Design problem.<br />

Section – C<br />

Bearings: design <strong>of</strong> pivot and collar bearing, Selection <strong>of</strong> ball and roller bearing based on static and<br />

dynamic load carrying capacity using load life relationship, Selection <strong>of</strong> bearings from manufacturer’s<br />

catalogue, types <strong>of</strong> lubrication – Boudary, mixed and hydradynamic lubrication, Design <strong>of</strong> journal bearings<br />

using Raimondi and Boyd’s Charts, Lubricants and their properties, Selection <strong>of</strong> suitable lubricants, Design<br />

Problems.<br />

Section – D<br />

Gears: Classification, Selection <strong>of</strong> gears, Terminology <strong>of</strong> gears, Force analysis, Selection <strong>of</strong> material for<br />

gears, Beam and wear strength <strong>of</strong> gear tooth, form or Lewis factor for gear tooth, Dynamic load on gear<br />

and Buckingham equation and Design <strong>of</strong> spur, helical, bevel & worm gear including the consideration for<br />

maximum power transmitting capacity, Gear Lubrication, Design Problems.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Engg. Design – First Metric Editions : Joseph Edward Shigley – Mc Graw Hill Book Co.<br />

2. Design <strong>of</strong> Machine Elements – V.B.Bhandari – Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Engineering Design – George Dieter, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />

2. Product Design and Manufacturing – Edition PHI –A.K.Chitale and R.C.Gupta.<br />

3. Machine Design An Integrated Approach: Robert L.Norton, Second Edition – Addison Wesley<br />

Longman.<br />

4. Machine Design : S.G.Kulkarini – Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

5. Machine Design – Maleev &Hartman, 5 th Edition (edited by O.P.Grover) CB 1999 in SI units.<br />

Note: The paper setter will be required to mention in the note in the question paper that the use <strong>of</strong> only<br />

PSG Design Data book is permitted.<br />

40


SEMESTER – VI<br />

MACHINE TOOLS ME – 6003<br />

Course Code ME – 6003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-0, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE TOOLS<br />

Lectures to be delivered 39 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 0 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />

will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />

end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Machine Tools: Classification <strong>of</strong> machine tools, generation and forming, methods <strong>of</strong> generating surfaces,<br />

accuracy and finish achievable. Basic elements <strong>of</strong> machine tools: Support structures, guideways, general<br />

work holding methods, fundamentals <strong>of</strong> machine tool drives (Ray Diagram).<br />

Section – B<br />

Centre Lathe: Introduction, constructional features <strong>of</strong> centre lathe, aids for support and location, cutting<br />

tools, operations performed on centre lathe, taper turning methods, thread cutting methods, special<br />

attachments, machining time and power estimation, typical set-ups.<br />

Special Purpose Lathes: Limitations <strong>of</strong> a centre lathe, capstan and turret lathes, automatic lathes, tooling<br />

layout and CAM design for automatic lathes. Reciprocating machine tools: Shaper, planer, slotter.<br />

Section – C<br />

Milling Introduction, types <strong>of</strong> milingmachines, milling operations, dividing head, milling mechanics, maching<br />

time estimation, special set-ups.<br />

Hole making operations: Introduction, drilling, reaming, boring, tapping and other hole making operations.<br />

Abrasive Processes: Introduction, grinding wheel-designation and selection, types <strong>of</strong> grinding machines,<br />

grinding processes, grinding processes parameters, creep feed grinding, honing, lapping, other finishing<br />

processes. Other machine tools: Sawing, Broaching.<br />

Section – D<br />

Numerical Control <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools: Introduction, numerical control. NC machine tools, part programming<br />

fundamentals, manual part programming methods, computer aided part programming (CAP).<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Manufacturing Technology – Metal cutting and Machine Tools: P.N.Rao, Tata McGraw Hill, New<br />

Delhi.<br />

2. Text Book <strong>of</strong> Production Engineering: P.C.Sharma, S.Chand & Sons.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Principles <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools: G.C.Sen & A.Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw hill, New Delhi.<br />

2. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology – Kalpakjian, Scrope Addison – Wesley Publishing Co.<br />

New Delhi.<br />

3. Modern Machining Processes – P.C.Pandey & H.S.Shan, Tata McGraw hill, New Delhi.


SEMESTER – VI<br />

MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL ME – 6004<br />

Course Code ME – 6004 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50%,<br />

Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be compulsory, it<br />

will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and<br />

will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two<br />

questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />

semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

v General Concept:<br />

Need and classification <strong>of</strong> measurements and instruments, basic and auxiliary functional elements <strong>of</strong> a measurement<br />

system, <strong>Mechanical</strong> versus electrical/electronic instruments, primary, secondary and working standards.<br />

v Static and Dynamic characteristics <strong>of</strong> Instruments<br />

Range and span, accuracy and precision, calibration, hysterecsis and dead zone, sensitivity and linearity, threshold and<br />

resolution : speed <strong>of</strong> response, lag, fidelity and dynamic error, dead time and dead zone.<br />

Zero, first and second order systems and their response to step, ramp and sinusoidal input signals.<br />

v Error in Measurement<br />

Sources <strong>of</strong> errors, systematic and random errors: Statistical analysis <strong>of</strong> test data.<br />

Section – B<br />

v Functional Elements:<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> Electro-mechanical sensors and transducers – variable resistance, inductance and capacitive pick ups, photo<br />

cells and piezo-electric transducers, and application <strong>of</strong> these elements for measurement <strong>of</strong> position/displacement,<br />

speed/velocity/acceleration, force and liquid level etc.<br />

Resistances strain gauges, gauge factor, bonded and unbonded gauges, surface preparation and bonding technique,<br />

signal conditioning and bridge circuits, temperature compensation, Application <strong>of</strong> strain gauges for direct, bending and<br />

torsional loads.<br />

Section – C<br />

v Pressure and Flow Measurement:<br />

Bourdon tube, diaphragm and bellows, vacuum measurement – Mecleod gauge, thermal conductivity gauge and<br />

ionisation gauge, Dead weight gauge testor.<br />

Electromagnetic flux meters, ultra-sonic flow meters and hot wire anemometer: Flow visualisation technique.<br />

v Temperature Measurement:<br />

Thermal expansion methods – bimetallic thermometers, liquid-in-glass thermometer and filled-in-system thermometers,<br />

thermo-electric sensors-common thermo couples, reference junction considerations, special materials and<br />

configurations: metal resistance thermometers and thermistors; optical and to radiation phyrometers, calibration<br />

standards.<br />

v Speed, Force, Torque and Shaft Lower Measurement<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong> techometers, vibration and techometer and strobscope; proving ring, hydraulic a pneumatic load cells,<br />

torque on rotating shafts, absorption, transmission and driving dynamometers.<br />

Section – D<br />

v Controls:<br />

Control system-open and closed loop system; elements <strong>of</strong> a control system; servo mechanism process control and<br />

regulators, transfer function; block diagram and overall transfer function <strong>of</strong> a multi loop control system, signal flow graph<br />

and Mason’s Rule system stability – Routh and Harwitz criteria stability; Time and frequency domain Nyquist plot for<br />

stability study.<br />

Books Suggested:<br />

1. Measurement system: Application and Design by Doebelin E.O., McGraw Hill Publishing Company.<br />

2. Experimental Method for Engineers by Holman J.P., McGraw Hill Publication Company.<br />

3. <strong>Mechanical</strong> Measurement and Control by Kumar D.S., Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

4. Automatic Control System by Kuo B.C., Prentice Hall.


SEMESTER – VI<br />

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ME – 6005<br />

Course Code ME – 6005 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

v Importance <strong>of</strong> Industrial Management:<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> scientific management. Definition <strong>of</strong> a manager, Relationship between management,<br />

organisation an administration. Authority and responsibility. Types <strong>of</strong> organization: Military (Departmental<br />

functional and line and staff type, Management charts.<br />

v Labour Compensation:<br />

Time rates, piece rates and their combination. What are incentives, premium bonus systems? British and<br />

American systems. Is pr<strong>of</strong>it sharing an effective incentive? Financial incentives.<br />

Section – B<br />

v Research and Development:<br />

Considerations while developing a new product for manufacture, sources <strong>of</strong> new ideas, Simplification and<br />

diversification <strong>of</strong> products as related to the volume <strong>of</strong> sale. Research basic and applied. Their respective<br />

field. Agencies for research, council <strong>of</strong> Scientific and Industrial Research (India). Consideration in the<br />

selection <strong>of</strong> research personnel. Standards, their usefulness, right line fro introduction <strong>of</strong> standard. Different<br />

types <strong>of</strong> fits tolerance, standard sizes <strong>of</strong> drawing. Importance <strong>of</strong> Indian Standard Institutions.<br />

Section – C<br />

v Planning Production and Production Control:<br />

Functions <strong>of</strong> planning routing, scheduling, despatchng and follow up. Types <strong>of</strong> manufacture, jobbing batch<br />

and mass production. Production control charts. Route and process charts. Operation charts, machine load<br />

charts, Gantt charts, Progress charts; <strong>Mechanical</strong> and Bar Type.<br />

v Quality Control and Inspection:<br />

Economics <strong>of</strong> Quality Control. Organisation <strong>of</strong> quality control, Inspection, inspection standards and<br />

methods; introduction to statistical methods <strong>of</strong> quality control.<br />

Section – D<br />

v Time and Motion Study:<br />

Their importance in scientific management. Classification <strong>of</strong> motion, Therbligs Process charts, principles <strong>of</strong><br />

motion, economy, layout <strong>of</strong> work place, time study technique. Merit rating, setting time standards, standard<br />

time.<br />

v Materials and store control:<br />

Ordering <strong>of</strong> new material, when to order, material purchase requisition, inventory control types <strong>of</strong> store room<br />

and store main record. Qualities <strong>of</strong> a good purchase <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Industrial Management: Spregiel. John Wiley & Sons. N.York, 1961.<br />

2. Industrial Organisation: Kimball and Kimball. Vakils Feffer & Simsons Pvt. Ltd. Bombay, 1971.<br />

3. Industrial Engg. & Management: Dhanpat Rai & Sons, N.Delhi, 1992.<br />

40


SEMESTER – VI<br />

HEAT TRANSFER ME – 6006<br />

Course Code ME – 6006 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course HEAT TRANSFER<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Steady State Heat Conduction: Introduction, I-D heat conduction thorugh a plane wall, long hollow cylinder,<br />

hollow sphere, Conduction equation in Cartesian, polar and spherical co-ordiante systems.<br />

Steady State Conduction with Heat Generation: Introduction, 1 – D heat conduction with heat sources, Extended<br />

surfaces (fins), Fin effectiveness 2-D heat conduction.<br />

Section – B<br />

Transient Heat Conduction: Systems with negligible internal resistance, Transient heat conduction in plane wall,<br />

cylinders, spheres with convective boundry conditions, Chart solution, Relaxation Method, Numericals.<br />

Convection: Forced convection – Thermal and hydro-dynamic boundry layers, Equation <strong>of</strong> continuity,<br />

Momentum and energy equations, some results for flow over a flat plate and flow through tube, Fluid friction and<br />

heat transfer (Colburn analogy), Free convection from a vertical flat plate, Empirical relations for free convection<br />

from vertical and horizontal <strong>of</strong> planes and cylinders.<br />

Section – C<br />

Thermal Radiation: The Stephen – Boltzmann law, The black body radiation, Shape factors and their<br />

relationships, Heat exchange between non black bodies, Electrical network for radiative exchange in an<br />

enclosure <strong>of</strong> two or three gray bodies, Radiation shields.<br />

Section – D<br />

Heat Exchangers: Classification, Performance variables, Analysis <strong>of</strong> a parallel/counter flow heat exchanger,<br />

Heat exchanger effectiveness.<br />

Heat Transfer with change <strong>of</strong> Phase: Laminar film condensation on a vertical plate, Drop-wise condensation,<br />

Boiling regimes, Free convective, Nucleate and film boiling.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Heat Transfer – J.P.Holman, John Wiley & Sons, New York.<br />

2. Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Heat and Mass Transfer – Incropera, F.P. & Dewill, D.P.-John Willey & Sons, New<br />

York.<br />

3. Heat Transfer – D.S.Kumar, Kataria & Sons, Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Conduction <strong>of</strong> Heat in Solids – Carslow, H.S. and J.C.Jaeger – oxford Univ. Press.<br />

2. Conduction Heat Transfer – Arpasi, V.S. – Addison – Wesley.<br />

3. Engg. Heat Transfer – C.P.Gupa Nem Chand & Brothers, Roorkee.<br />

4. Compact Heat Exchangers – W.M.Keys & A.L.Landon,Mc. Graw hill.<br />

5. Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer – Siegel, R. and J.R.Howell, Mc.Gaw Hill.<br />

6. Heat Transmission – W.M., Mc. Adams, Mc Graw Hill.<br />

Heat Mass Transfer – Domkundwar.<br />

Note: The paper setter will be required to mention in the note in the question paper that the<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> steam table charts, graphical plots is permitted.<br />

40


SEMESTER – VI<br />

DYNAMICS OF MACHINE LAB ME – 6007<br />

Course Code ME – 6007 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

DYNAMICS OF MACHINE LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. To perform experiment on Watt and Porter Governors to prepare performance<br />

characteristic curves and to find stability and sensitivity.<br />

2. To perform experiment on Proell Governor to prepare performance characteristic<br />

curves and to find stability and sensitivity.<br />

3. To perform experiment on Hartnell Governor to prepare performance characteristic<br />

curves and to find stability and sensitivity.<br />

4. To study gyroscopic effects through models.<br />

5. To determine gyroscopic couple on motorized gryoscope.<br />

6. To perform the experiment for static balancing on static balancing machine.<br />

7. To perform the experiment for dynamic balancing on dynamic balancing machine.<br />

8. Determine the moment <strong>of</strong> inertial <strong>of</strong> connecting rod by compound pendulum<br />

method and triflair suspension pendulum.


SEMESTER – VI<br />

HEAT TRANSFER LAB ME – 6008<br />

Course Code ME – 6008 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

HEAT TRANSFER LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:-<br />

1. To determine the thermal conductivity <strong>of</strong> a metallic rod.<br />

2. To determine the thermal conductivity <strong>of</strong> an insulating powder.<br />

3. To determine the thermal conductivity <strong>of</strong> a solid by the guarded hot plate method.<br />

4. To find the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a pin fin in a rectangular duct natural convective condition<br />

and plot temperature distribution along its length.<br />

5. To find the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a pin fin in a rectangular duct under forced convective<br />

conditions and plot temperature distribution along its length.<br />

6. To determine the surface heat transfer coefficient for a heated vertical tube under<br />

natural convection and plot the variation <strong>of</strong> local heat transfer coefficient along the<br />

length <strong>of</strong> the tube. Also compare the results with those <strong>of</strong> the correlations.<br />

7. To determine the average heat transfer coefficient for a externally heated horizontal<br />

pipe under forced convection and plot Reynolds and Nusselt numbers along the length<br />

<strong>of</strong> pipe. Also compare the results with those <strong>of</strong> the correlations.<br />

8. To measure the emmisivity <strong>of</strong> the gray body (plate) at different temperature and plot<br />

the variation <strong>of</strong> emmisivity with surface temperature.<br />

9. To find overall heat transfer coefficient and effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a heat exchange under<br />

parallel and counter flow conditions. Also plot the temperature distribution in both the<br />

cases along the length <strong>of</strong> heat <strong>of</strong> heat exchanger.<br />

10. To verify the Stefen Boltzman constant for thermal radiation.


SEMESTER – VI<br />

MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL LAB ME – 6009<br />

Course Code ME – 6009 Credits: 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:-<br />

1. Study <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> a planimeter for area measurement.<br />

2. Calibration <strong>of</strong> pressure-gauge with the help <strong>of</strong> a dead weight gauge tester.<br />

3. Use <strong>of</strong> the engine indicator for recording the cylinder pressure against cylinder volume.<br />

4. Preparation <strong>of</strong> a thermocouple for measurement <strong>of</strong> temperature and a study <strong>of</strong> the use<br />

<strong>of</strong> potentiometer in temperature measurement with the help <strong>of</strong> a thermocouple.<br />

5. Use <strong>of</strong> a tachometer and stroboscope for measurement <strong>of</strong> speed <strong>of</strong> a shaft.<br />

6. Measurement <strong>of</strong> torque with the help <strong>of</strong> an absorption dynamometer.<br />

7. Study <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> a strain gauge for displacement measurement.<br />

8. Measurement <strong>of</strong> flow with the help <strong>of</strong> obstruction meters.<br />

9. Use <strong>of</strong> Pitot tube to plot the velocity pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> a fluid flow through a circular duct.<br />

10. Case study <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> experimental data from fluid mechanics/thermodynamics<br />

course.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS ME – 7001<br />

Course Code ME – 7001 Credits : 5 L-4, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS<br />

Lectures to be delivered 65 (1 Hr Each) (L = 52, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Basic Concepts:<br />

Importance and scope, definition and terminology, representation <strong>of</strong> harmonic motions, introduction to various<br />

types <strong>of</strong> vibrations and types <strong>of</strong> excitation.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Single Degree <strong>of</strong> Freedom Systems:<br />

a) Undamped Free Vibrations:<br />

D Alemberts Principle, Energy method, Rayleigh method, simple applications <strong>of</strong> these methods, equivalent<br />

spring stiffness.<br />

b) Damped Free Vibrations:<br />

Introduction to different types <strong>of</strong> damping, Viscous damping, sub-critical, critical and overdamping,<br />

logarithomic decrement, frequency <strong>of</strong> damped oscillations.<br />

c) Forced Vibrations:<br />

Solution for simple harmonic excitation, steady state vibrations, base excitation, vibration isolation and<br />

transmissibility, vibration measuring instruments, whirling <strong>of</strong> shaft without friction.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Two Degree <strong>of</strong> Freedom Systems:<br />

a) Undamped Fee Vibrations:<br />

Normal modes vibrations, natural frequencies, mode shapes, forced harmonic vibrations, torsional<br />

vibrations <strong>of</strong> two rotor systems.<br />

b) Applications:<br />

Dynamic vibration absorber, centrifugal pendulum absorber, torsional vibration absorber, untuned vibration<br />

damper, gyroscopic effect on rotating shaft.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

a) Multi-Degree <strong>of</strong> Freedom Systems:<br />

Undamped free vibrations: Reciprocity theorem, Rayleigh and Dunkerley method, three rotor and geared<br />

systems.<br />

b) Continuous Systems:<br />

Free vibration <strong>of</strong> the following for various end conditions:<br />

Vibration <strong>of</strong> a string, longitudinal vibrations <strong>of</strong> bar, transverse vibration <strong>of</strong> beam, torsion <strong>of</strong> vibrations <strong>of</strong><br />

circular shaft.<br />

Suggested Books:<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibration by S.S.Rattan.<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibration by Grover.<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong> Vibration by V.P.Singh.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING ME – 7002<br />

Course Code ME - 7002 Credits: 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong><br />

the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Introduction to Automobiles: Classification, Components, Requirements <strong>of</strong> Automobile Body: Vehicle<br />

Frame. Types; Front Engine Rear Drive & Front Engine Front Drive Vehicles, Four Wheel Drive<br />

Vehicles.<br />

Clutches: requirement <strong>of</strong> Clutches – Principle <strong>of</strong> Friction Clutch – Wet Type & Dry Types: Single Plate<br />

Clutch, Multi plate Clutch, Centrifugal Clutches, Clutch linkages.<br />

Section – B<br />

Power Transmission: Object <strong>of</strong> the Gear Box; Different types <strong>of</strong> Gear Boxes; Sliding Mesh, Constant<br />

Mesh, Synchromesh Gear Boxes; Drive Lines, Universal Joint, Propeller Shaft, Slip Joint; Front wheel<br />

drive; Principle, Function, Construction & Operation <strong>of</strong> Differential; Rear Axles, Types <strong>of</strong> load coming<br />

on Rear Axles, Full Floating, Three Quarter Floating and Semi Floating Rear Axles.<br />

Section – C<br />

Suspension Systems: Need <strong>of</strong> Suspension Systems, Types <strong>of</strong> Suspension; factors influencing ride<br />

comfort, leaf springs, shock absorber.<br />

Steering System: Front Wheel geometry & Wheel alignment viz. Caster, Camber, King Pin Inclination,<br />

Toe-in/Toe-out; Conditions for true rolling motions <strong>of</strong> Wheels during steering: Different type <strong>of</strong><br />

Steering Gear Boxes; Steering linkages and layout; Rack & Pinion Power Steering Gear.<br />

Section – D<br />

Automotive Brakes, Tyres & Wheels: Classification <strong>of</strong> Brakes; Principle and construction details <strong>of</strong><br />

Drum Brakes, Disc Brakes; <strong>Mechanical</strong>, Hydraulic, Pneumatic Brakes; Power Assisted Brakes; Tyres<br />

<strong>of</strong> Wheels; Types <strong>of</strong> tyre & their constructional details, Tyre rotation; Excessive Tyre wear & their<br />

causes.<br />

Automotive Electrical:. Purpose & Operation <strong>of</strong> lead acid Battery, capacity rating. Purpose and<br />

Operations <strong>of</strong> the Starting System; and charging system.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Automobile Engineering by Dr. Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers Distributors.<br />

2. Automobile Engineering by Anil Chhikara, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Automotive Mechanics – Crouse/Anglin, TMIL.<br />

2. Automotive Technology – H.M.Sethi, TMH, New Delhi.<br />

3. Automotive Mechanics – S.Srinivasan, TMH, New Delhi.<br />

4. Automotive Mechanics – Joseph Heitner, EWP.<br />

5. Motor Automotive Technology by Anthony E. Schwaller – Delmer Publishers. Inc.<br />

6. The Motor Vehicle – Newton steeds Garrett, Butter Worths.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING ME- 7003<br />

Course Code ME- 7003 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section- A<br />

Introduction: Definition <strong>of</strong> refrigeration & air conditioning; necessity; Methods <strong>of</strong> refrigeration; Coefficient <strong>of</strong><br />

Performance(COP); Refrigerants Definition, Classification nomenclature, Desirable properties, Comparative<br />

study, secondary refrigerant, introduction to eco-friendly refrigerants; introduction to Cryogenics.<br />

Air Refrigeration System: Carnot refrigeration cycle, Brayton refrigeration or the Bell Coleman air refrigeration<br />

cycle; Necessity <strong>of</strong> cooling the aero plane; Boot strap evaporative types, Regenerative type and Reduced<br />

Ambient type system, Problems.<br />

Section- B<br />

Vapour Compression (VC) Refrigeration System: (A) Simple V.C. Ref. systems- Limitations <strong>of</strong> Reversed<br />

Carnot cycle with vapour as refrigerant; Analysis <strong>of</strong> VC cycle considering degrees <strong>of</strong> sub cooling and<br />

superheating; VC cycle on p-v, t-s and p-h diagrams; Effects <strong>of</strong> operating condition on COP; Comparison <strong>of</strong> VC<br />

cycle with Air Refrigeration Cycle. (B) Multi-stage Ref. System – cooling/ or water inter cooler: Multistage<br />

compression with flash intercooling and/ or water intercooling; system with individual or multiple expansion<br />

valves: Individual compression system with individual or multiple expansion valves; Individual compression<br />

system with individual or multiple expansion valves but with and without intercoolers.<br />

Section - C<br />

Vapour Absorption Refrigeration System, Basic Systems, Actual system, COP <strong>of</strong> the system, Relative merits<br />

and demerits; Properties <strong>of</strong> aqua ammonia; Electrolux Refrigeration.<br />

Steam Jet Refrigerating System – Introduction, Analysis, Relative merit and demerits, Performance,<br />

Applications.<br />

Cascade Refrigerating Systems- Necessity Selection <strong>of</strong> Pairs <strong>of</strong> refrigerants for the system, Concept <strong>of</strong> cascade<br />

temperature, Analysis, Multistaging, comparison with V.C. systems, Application.<br />

Section – D<br />

Psychromatry <strong>of</strong> Air & Air Conditioning Processes: Properties <strong>of</strong> moist Air, Gibbs Dalton law, Specific humidity,<br />

Dew point temperature, Degree <strong>of</strong> saturation, Relative humidity, Enthalpy, Humid specific heat, Wet bulb temp.,<br />

Thermodynamics wet bulb temp., Psychrometic chart: psychrometry <strong>of</strong> air-conditioning processes, Mixing<br />

process, Basic processes in conditioning <strong>of</strong> air.<br />

Air- Conditioning Load Calculations: Outside and inside design conditions: Source <strong>of</strong> heating load, Sources <strong>of</strong><br />

cooling load; Heat transfer through structure, Solar radiation, Electrical application Infiltration and ventilation,<br />

Heat generation Inside conditioned space: Comfort chart.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning- R.C. Jordan and G.B. Priester, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

2. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning-C.P.Arora, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. A course in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning – Arora & Domukundwar, Dhanpat Rai & Sons,1989.<br />

2. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning- W.F. Stockerand J.W. Jones, Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi<br />

3. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning- Manohar Parsad Wiley Estern limited, New Delhi.<br />

40


SEMESTER – VII<br />

OPERATION RESEARCH ME – 7004<br />

Course Code ME – 7004 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course OPERATION RESEARCH<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />

will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />

end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Definition and characteristics <strong>of</strong> O.R.; Decision making, Scientific decision making, Approach for<br />

scientific decision making in O.R.; Need and Limitations <strong>of</strong> O.R.<br />

Definition <strong>of</strong> models: Classification <strong>of</strong> models, construction <strong>of</strong> models, approximations <strong>of</strong> O.R. models.<br />

Section- B<br />

Allocation Model: Analysis <strong>of</strong> Industrial situations to find characteristics like key decision objective,<br />

possible alternatives & restrictions – Three categories <strong>of</strong> allocation type situation to be considered<br />

General Mathematical formulation for linear programming feasible and optimal solutions.<br />

Graphical and simplex techniques to solve linear models, modifications <strong>of</strong> minimization situation so as<br />

to be solvable by simplex method. Duality and degeneracy in simplex method. Applications and<br />

limitations <strong>of</strong> linear optimization models<br />

Section- C<br />

Net-work Models : Transportation models, methods <strong>of</strong> finding starting solution Vogel’s<br />

approximation method to find feasible solution in transportation models, methods for finding optimal<br />

solution. Assignment model, Hungarian method to find optimal solution in assignment models.<br />

Cyclic shortest route models, traveling salesman’s problem and Branch and Bound method to solve it.<br />

A cyclic shortest route models and their solution by graphical methods.<br />

Queuing theory, various types <strong>of</strong> queuing situations and their solutions.<br />

Section- D<br />

PERT & CPM: Network situations where PERT & CPM can be applied , planning, scheduling &<br />

Control, work-breakdown structure.<br />

(a) PERT NETWORKS: Events and activities, construction <strong>of</strong> network, forward & backward<br />

planning, Fulkerson’s rules, optimistic, pessimistic & most likely time estimates, frequency<br />

distribution, Mean, variance and standard deviation, expected time and latest occurrence<br />

time, definitions <strong>of</strong> stack and critical path.<br />

(b) CPM NETWORKS: Similarity and differences <strong>of</strong> CPM and PERT construction<br />

<strong>of</strong> network, earliest event time, float, total float, free float, independent float, contracting the<br />

network so as to find an optimum project schedule.<br />

Suggested Books:<br />

1. An introduction to operation research by A.H.Taha Mac. Mill. Pub.<br />

2. operation research by P.K.Gupta and D.S.Hira.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

MECHATRONICS ME – 7005<br />

Course Code ME – 7005 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MECHATRONICS<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />

will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester<br />

end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section- A<br />

Introduction and Basics: What is Mechatronics?; A Measurement System with its constituent<br />

elements; Open and Closed Loop System; Sequential Controllers; Micro-processor Based Controller;<br />

The Mechatronic Approach.<br />

Section- B<br />

Hardware <strong>of</strong> Measurement Systems; Force Fluid Pressure, Liquid Flow, Liquid Level, Temperature,<br />

Light Sensors along with Performance terminology ; Data Presentation Elements: Magnetic<br />

Recording; data Acquisition System; Testing & Calibration; Problems. Pneumatic, Hydraulic,<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong> and Electrical actuation System: Pneumatic and hydraulic System; <strong>Mechanical</strong> Systems,<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> Motion Kinematic Chains, Cams, Gear, Trains, Ratehet & Pawl. Belt & Chain Drivers,<br />

Bearings. <strong>Mechanical</strong> aspect <strong>of</strong> Motor Selection; Electrical Systems; <strong>Mechanical</strong> & Solid State<br />

Switches; Solenoids; D.C. & A.C. Motors; Stepper Motors; Problems.<br />

Section- C<br />

Digital Logic and Programmable Logic Controller: A review <strong>of</strong> Number System & Logic Gates;<br />

Boolean Algebra; Kanaugh Maps; Sequential Logic; Basic Structure <strong>of</strong> Programmable Logic<br />

Controller; Input/ Output Processing; Programming; Timers, Internal Relays ans Counters; Master &<br />

Jump Controls; Data Handling; Analogue Input/Output; Selection <strong>of</strong> a PLC; Problems.<br />

Section- D<br />

Microprocessor and Input/Output System: Control, Microcomputer Structure: Microcontroller;<br />

Applications; Programming Languages; Instruction Sets; Assembly Language Program; Subroutines;<br />

Design and Mechatronics: Design Process; Traditional and Mechantronics Design: Possible<br />

Mechatronics design solutions for Timed Switch, Wind Screen Wiper Motion, Bath Room Scale, A<br />

Pick & Place Robot, Automatic Camera, Engine Management System & Bar Code Recorder.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Mechatronics by W. Bolton, Published by Addition Wesley.<br />

2. Mechatronics System Design Devdas Shetty and Richard A Kolx Brooks Cole 1997<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measuring System: David G. Alciation and<br />

Michal B. Hist and Tata McGraw Hill Edition 2003.<br />

2. Mechtronics – Sensing to Implementation – C.R. Venkatraman, Sapna 2001<br />

Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question from<br />

one unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING LAB ME-7007<br />

Course Code ME-7007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End Maximum Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks : 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

1. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principle and<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />

(a) Single plate clutch.<br />

(b) Multi plate Clutch<br />

2. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />

(a) Constant mesh Gear Box.<br />

(b) Synchromesh Gear Box.<br />

3. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />

(a) Rear Wheel Drive Line.<br />

(b) Front Wheel Drive Line.<br />

(c) Differentials<br />

4. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />

(a) Starting System<br />

(b) Ignition System<br />

5. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> the Charging System<br />

6. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> the following<br />

(a) Front Suspension System<br />

(b) Rear Suspension System<br />

7. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> Rack and Pinion Power steering system<br />

8. Adjusting <strong>of</strong> brake shoes and Bleeding the hydraulic brake system.


SEMESTER – V<br />

REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING LAB ME – 7008<br />

Course Code EC – 7008 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:<br />

1. To study the vapour compression Refrigeration Systems and determine its C.O.P.<br />

2. To study water cooler and find its C.O.P.<br />

3. To study the ice-plant, its working cycle and determine its C.O.P and capacity.<br />

4. To determine the By-pass factor <strong>of</strong> Heating & Cooling coils<br />

5. To study the cut-sectional models <strong>of</strong> reciprocating and Rotary Refrigerant compressor<br />

6. To study the various controls used in Refrigerating & Air Conditioning System<br />

7. To study the humidification, heating, cooling and dehumidification processes<br />

8. To study Desert cooler & Window Type Air Conditioner


SEMESTER – VII<br />

OPTIMIZATION METHODS FOR ENGINEERING SYSTEM ME-7011<br />

Course Code ME – 7011 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course Optimization Methods for Engineering System<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Introduction: Engineering Application; Statement <strong>of</strong> the Optimal Problem;<br />

Classification; Optimization Techniques;<br />

Classical Method : Single Variable Optimization; Multivariable Optimization<br />

Without any Constraints with Equality and Inequality Constraints.<br />

SECTION B<br />

One-Dimensional Minimization Method: Unimodal Function; Elimination<br />

Method – Dichotomous Search, Fibonocci and Golden Method; Interpolation<br />

Method – Quadratic and Cubic Interpolation Method.<br />

Unconstrained Minimization Method: Univariate, Conjugate Directions, Gradient<br />

And Variable Metric Method.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Constrained Minimization Method: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> a constrained problem;<br />

Direct Method <strong>of</strong> feasible directions; Indirect Method <strong>of</strong> interior and exterior penalty functions.<br />

Geometric Programming : Formulation and Solutions <strong>of</strong> Unconstrained and Constrained<br />

geometric programming problem.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Dynamic Programming: Concept <strong>of</strong> Sub-optimization and the principal <strong>of</strong> optimality: Calculus,<br />

Tabular and Computational Method in Dynamic Programming: An Introduction to Continuous<br />

Dynamic Programming.<br />

Integer Programming : Gomory’s Cutting Plane Method for Integer Linear<br />

Programming; Formulation & Solution <strong>of</strong> Integer Polynomial and Non- Linear problems.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Optimization (Theory & Application)- S.S. Rao, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi.<br />

2. Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering – Ashok D.Belegundu and<br />

Tirupathi R Chandrupatla – Pearson Education 1999, First India Reprint 2002.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Optimization: Theory and Practice, C.S.G. Beveridge and R.S. Schechter, McGraw Hill, New<br />

York.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

MACHINE TOOL DESIGN ME – 7012<br />

Course Code ME – 7012 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MACHINE TOOL DESIGN<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />

each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section<br />

E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Introduction: Kinematics <strong>of</strong> Different Types <strong>of</strong> Machine Tools, Selection <strong>of</strong> Cutting<br />

Conditions and Tools, Calculation <strong>of</strong> Cutting Force on Single Point and Multipoint<br />

Tools, Hole Machining, Calculation <strong>of</strong> Power, Accuracy Requirements and Standards.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Design <strong>of</strong> Fed Drives: Feed Drive using Feed Boxes, Axes Feed <strong>of</strong> CNC Drives, DC<br />

and AC Servomotors, Types characteristics Controllers and Their Selection, Ball<br />

Screws and Friction Screws- Guide Ways, Linear Motion System, Design Calculations<br />

<strong>of</strong> Drives, Closed Loop Operations <strong>of</strong> Feed Drives, Linear Indexing Drives.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Design <strong>of</strong> Machine Tool Structures: Static and Dynamic Stiffness, Dynamic Analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

cutting process, Stability, Forced Vibration, Ergonomics and Aesthetics in Machine<br />

Tool Design.<br />

Design <strong>of</strong> Spindle and Spindle: Supports : Function <strong>of</strong> Spindle, Design Requirement<br />

Standard Spindle Noses, Design Calculations <strong>of</strong> Spindles. Bearing Selection and<br />

Mounting,<br />

SECTION D<br />

Design <strong>of</strong> Special Purpose Machines : Modular Design Concepts, Standard Modules<br />

Example <strong>of</strong> Design <strong>of</strong> a Typical SPM with CNC, Transfer Machines.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. “ Machine Tool Design” Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. 1991, Metha, N.K.<br />

2. Design Principal <strong>of</strong> Cutting Machine Tools : Koenigs bergerf. Pergman Press<br />

Oxford.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. “Machine Tool Design”, Vol 1 and Vol III, Mir Publishers, Moscow, Macherkan.<br />

Note: in the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one<br />

question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

TOTAL QUALITY CONTROL ME – 7013<br />

Course Code ME – 7013 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course TOTAL QUALITY CONTROL<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />

<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Quality Control: introduction, objectives, quality <strong>of</strong> design, quality <strong>of</strong> production, quality <strong>of</strong><br />

conformance to design, quality <strong>of</strong> inspection, process monitoring, quality and productivity, quality cost<br />

Advantages <strong>of</strong> statistical Quality Control in Industry.<br />

Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Statistics and Probability in Quality Control: Events and probability, laws <strong>of</strong><br />

probability, Statistical Distributions: Normal and Poisson distribution, their importance in SQC.<br />

Poisson Probability as approximation to Normal Probability, use <strong>of</strong> Normal and Poisson distribution<br />

tables.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Control Charts for Variables: Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> process control, tool <strong>of</strong> process control, quality<br />

characteristic, Design and use <strong>of</strong> Control for Variables: Trial control limits, control limits for future use,<br />

revision <strong>of</strong> control limits. Cause and effect diagram. Inferences on the state <strong>of</strong> the process from<br />

control charts, Type I and Type II errors and methods to reduce them. Use <strong>of</strong> X (X bar) charts and Rcharts,<br />

and R- charts, X (X bar) and σ- charts. Efficiency <strong>of</strong> a control chart. OC curve <strong>of</strong> a control<br />

chart. Computing average run length for X- chart.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Trend Control Charts, Control Charts with Reject limits and Modified Control Charts,<br />

Relationship between Specification Limits and Control Chart Limits, Process capability analysis and<br />

its importance in quality <strong>of</strong> conformance.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Control Charts for Attributes : Defectives, control charts for fraction defectives and percent<br />

fraction defectives and number <strong>of</strong> defectives. Control charts for number <strong>of</strong> defects. Comparison <strong>of</strong><br />

control charts for variables with the charts for variables with the charts for attributes. Computing<br />

Average run length for a p-chart.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Quality control Application – By Hansen BL, PH: Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

2. Statistical Quality Control – By E.L. Grant & R.S. Levenworth; Tata McGraw Hill.<br />

Reference Books :<br />

1. Quality Control – Paranthaman, D; Tata McGraw Hill, India<br />

2. Quality Planning and Analysis- Juran J.M. and F.M. Gryna (Jr.); Tata McGraw Hill, India<br />

3. Total Quality Control – By Montgomery, D.C. John Wiley & Sons (Asia)<br />

Note : Statistical Q.C. Tables will be supplied in examination.<br />

The paper setter will set Eight question, taking at least one from each unit. Students will be<br />

required to answer only five.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

PUMPS, FANS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS ME – 7014<br />

Course Code ME – 7014 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course PUMPS, FANS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section<br />

A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Pumps: Theory <strong>of</strong> centrifugal pump impeller, vortex theory, design <strong>of</strong> impeller, volute and<br />

diffusers, specific speed and design constants.<br />

Design <strong>of</strong> Mixed Flow Impellers: Geometric relationship, axial flow pump, design, use aer<strong>of</strong>oil<br />

data for impeller design, guided vane, pump casting.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Fans: Fan laws, performance coefficient, effect <strong>of</strong> change in fan speed, density, Series and<br />

parallel operation, fan design losses, blade shape, casings.<br />

Propeller Fans: Cross flow fans, principal <strong>of</strong> operation, application, regulation <strong>of</strong> volume<br />

flow, Sources <strong>of</strong> vibration in fans, noise, and attenuation testing.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Blowers: Types, centrifugal and axial, design procedure, selection, performance, pressure<br />

application, control <strong>of</strong> volume flow.<br />

Performance Estimation: Instrumentation test rig layout, measurement <strong>of</strong> pressure<br />

temperature, use <strong>of</strong> hot wire anemometer, boundary layer probes, measurement <strong>of</strong> sound.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Compressor: Centrifugal compressor, multistage arrangement, blade design, types diffusers,<br />

performance, series and parallel operation.<br />

Axial Flow Compressors: Cascade theory, efficiency, two dimensional cascade, valor triangles<br />

and stage loading, stage reactions, losses compressor testing procedure.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Val. S. Loban<strong>of</strong>f, and Robert, R. Ross, “Centrifugal Pumps Design and Application”,<br />

Publishing House.<br />

2. Allam Wallis, R, “Axial Flow and Ducts”, John Wiley and Sons.<br />

Reference Books :<br />

1. Ronald, P. Lapina, “Estimating Centrifugal Compressor Performance”, Gulf Publishing<br />

Company.<br />

Note : In the semester, examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one<br />

question each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

DESIGN OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ME – 7015<br />

Course Code ME – 7015 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course DESIGN OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />

<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> air conditioning: Medium and large sized buildings, industrial air conditioning,<br />

residential air conditioning, air conditioning <strong>of</strong> vehicles and aircrafts.<br />

Psychrometry: Psychrometric charts, combined, heat and mass transfer, adiabatic saturation,<br />

enthalpy potential.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Air conditioning Load: comfort and design conditions, thermal transmission, infiltration and<br />

ventilation loads, heating and cooling loads, solar radiation properties, periodic heat transfer through<br />

walls and ro<strong>of</strong>s.<br />

Air conditioning system: Thermal distribution system, classic single-zone system, outdoor air control,<br />

single-zone system design, multiple-zone, terminal reheat system, dual duct or multi zone system,<br />

variable air-volume system, hydronic system, unitary system, passive air conditioning system.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Equipment Design: Fan and duct system, fan air-distribution in rooms, ventilation system,<br />

diffusers and induction, fan coil units. Cooling and dehumidifying coils – Heat and mass transfer,<br />

moisture removal, coil performance.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Controls: Pneumatic, electric and electronic controls, thermostats, dampers, outside air<br />

control, freeze protection, humidistat, acoustics and noise control.<br />

Refrigerants: Primary and secondary refrigerants, halocarbons, azeotropes, ozone depletion,<br />

eco friendly refrigerants.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Refrigeration and air conditioning-W.F. Stoecker, J.W. Jones, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />

2. Air conditioning Engineering – W.P. Jones, Edward Arnold.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Hand book <strong>of</strong> air conditioning system design – Carrier Air conditioning Co. McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />

2. Thermal Environmental Engg. – James L. Thelkeld, Prentice Hall, Inc<br />

3. Refrigeration and Air conditioning – C.P Arora, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.<br />

4. Refrigeration and Air conditioning – P.L Ballaney, Khanna Publishers<br />

Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight question, at least one<br />

question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 question.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN ME – 7016<br />

Course Code ME – 7016 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />

<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Vehicle Frame and Suspension: Study <strong>of</strong> Loads-Moments and Stresses on Frame<br />

Members computer aided design <strong>of</strong> Frame for passenger and commercial vehicle,<br />

Computer aided design <strong>of</strong> leaf springs-coil springs and torsion bar springs.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Front axle and steering system: analysis <strong>of</strong> Loads- Moments and stresses at different<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> Front axle. Determination <strong>of</strong> bearing Loads at Kingpin bearings. Wheel<br />

spindle bearings. Choice <strong>of</strong> bearings. Determination <strong>of</strong> optimum dimension and<br />

proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Clutch: Torque capacity <strong>of</strong> Clutch. Computer Aided design <strong>of</strong> clutch components,<br />

design details <strong>of</strong> roller and sprag type <strong>of</strong> clutches.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Drive line and read axle : computer aided design <strong>of</strong> propeller shaft. Design <strong>of</strong> final<br />

drive gearing. Design details <strong>of</strong> full-floating, semi-floating and three quarter floating.<br />

Rear axle shafts and rear axle housings.<br />

Text Books :<br />

1. Dean averns, automobile chassis design, IIIiffe Books Ltc 1992.<br />

2. Heldt, P.M. automobile chassis, Chilton Co. New York 1992.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Steeds. W, Mechanic <strong>of</strong> road veicles, IIIiffee Books Ltd, London 1990.<br />

2. Giles, J.G. Steering, suspension and Tyres, IIIiffee Books Ltd, Lodon, 1988.<br />

3. Newton, steeds & garret,motor vehicle, IIIiffee Books Ltd, Lodon, 1982.<br />

4. Heldt P.M. Tqrque Converter, Chilton Books Co. New York, 1982.<br />

5. Giri N.K, Automobile mechanics, Khanna Publisher, New Delhi,1986.<br />

Note: Use <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>tware package for analysis and design <strong>of</strong> mechanical system may be<br />

used for design problem.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS ME-7017<br />

Course Code ME – 7017 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />

<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Automation: Types <strong>of</strong> automation, reasons for automating, automation strategies, Detroit-type<br />

automation: Automated flow lines, methods <strong>of</strong> work part transport, Transfer mechanisms,<br />

buffer storage, automation for machining operations.<br />

Automated assembly systems: design for automated assembly, types <strong>of</strong> automated assembly<br />

system, part feeding devices, quantitative analysis <strong>of</strong> the delivery system operation, analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> a single-station assembly machine, numericals.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Group Technology: Part families, part classification and coding. Types <strong>of</strong> classification and<br />

coding system, Machine cell design: The composite part concept, types <strong>of</strong> cell design.<br />

Determining the best machine arrangement, benefits <strong>of</strong> group technology.<br />

Flexible Manufacturing System: Components <strong>of</strong> an FMS, types <strong>of</strong> system, where to apply FMS<br />

technology, FMS work stations. Material handling and storage system: Functions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

handling system, FMS layout configuration, Material handling equipment, Computer control<br />

system: Computer function, FMS data file, system reports planning the FMS, analysis method<br />

for FMS, application and benefits.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Robotic technology: Joints and links, common robot configuration, work volume, types <strong>of</strong> robot<br />

control, accuracy and repeatability, other specification, and effectors, sensors in robotics.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Robot programming: Types <strong>of</strong> programming, lead through programming, motion Programming,<br />

interlocks, advantages and disadvantages, Robot languages: Motion programming, simulation<br />

and <strong>of</strong>f line programming, work cell control.<br />

Robot application: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> robot applications, robot cell design, types <strong>of</strong> robot<br />

application: Material handling, processing operation, assembly and inspection.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Automation. Production System and Computer Integrated Manufacturing.<br />

Groover M.P, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

2. CAD/CAM – Groover M.P. Zimmers E.W, Prentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Nanua Singh, John Wiley<br />

and Sons, 1998.<br />

2. Production Management System: A CIM Perpective Browne J, Harhen J, Shivnan J,<br />

Addison Wesley, 2 nd Ed. 1996.<br />

Note: In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 question, at least one question from<br />

each unit, Student will be required to attempt five question.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY ME-7018<br />

Course Code ME – 7018 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />

<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Introduction: Trends <strong>of</strong> energy consumption sources <strong>of</strong> energy conventional and renewable,<br />

fossil fuel – availability and limitations, need develop new energy sources.<br />

Solar Energy: Solar radiation characteristic, Solar Collectors, Flat Plate and concentrating<br />

types, Their comparative study, design and material selection. efficiency, Selective paints and<br />

surfaces. Heating <strong>of</strong> air and water for building and other uses. Thermal storages, Solar<br />

Ponds, Solar pumps, solar Cookers etc. Direct Conversion <strong>of</strong> Solar energy to electricity and its<br />

various uses, materials, limitations and costs.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Bio-conversion: Generation <strong>of</strong> bio gas, digesters and then design, selection <strong>of</strong> material, feed to<br />

digester, paralytic gasification, production <strong>of</strong> hydrogen, Algae production and the their uses.<br />

Wind Energy: Types <strong>of</strong> rotors, horizontal axis and vertical axis system, system design and site<br />

selection.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Geo-thermal Energy: Sites, potentiality and limitation, study <strong>of</strong> different conversion system.<br />

Tidal Energy: Sites potentiality and possibility <strong>of</strong> harnessing from site, limitations.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Occan thermal energy: Principal <strong>of</strong> utilization and its limitation, description <strong>of</strong> various system.<br />

Other non-conventional energy sources: Fluidized bed combustions. Heat from waste and<br />

other sources.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Solar Energy Utilization G.D. Rai.<br />

2. Solar Heating and cooling – Duffie and Bakeman.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Power Plant Technology – M.M. EL – Wakil, McGraw Hill Book Co.<br />

2. Power Plant Engineering – P.C. Sharma, S.K. Kataria and Sons.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS ME-7019<br />

Course Code ME – 7019 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 15% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use<br />

<strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Classification <strong>of</strong> Heat exchanger: Introduction; Recuperation and regeneration; Transfer processors; Geometry<br />

<strong>of</strong> construction, tubular heat exchangers, plate heat exchangers, extended surface heat exchanges ; Heat<br />

transfer mechanisms, Flow arrangements; Selection <strong>of</strong> heat exchangers.<br />

Basic design methods <strong>of</strong> heat exchanges: introduction; Arrangement <strong>of</strong> flow path in heat exchangers; basic<br />

equations in design; Overall heat transfer coefficient; Log mean temperature difference method for heat<br />

exchanger analysis, the –NTU method for heat exchanger analysis, Heat exchanger design calculation,<br />

Variable overall heat transfer coefficient, Heat exchange design methodology.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Design Correlations for Condensers and Evaporators ; Introduction ; Condensation, Film condensation on a<br />

single horizontal tube-laminar film condensation, forced convection, Film condensation in tube bundles-effect <strong>of</strong><br />

condensate inundation. Effect <strong>of</strong> vapor shear; Combined effect if inundation and vapor shear, Condensation<br />

inside tubes-condensation in vertical tubes, Flow boiling-subcooled, flow pattern, flow boiling correlations.<br />

Shell-and-tube heat exchanger: introduction basic components-shell types, tube bundle types, tubes and tube<br />

passes, tube layout, baffe type and geometry, allocation <strong>of</strong> stream; basic design procedure <strong>of</strong> a heat exchangerpreliminary<br />

estimation <strong>of</strong> unit size, rating <strong>of</strong> preliminary design.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Compact heat exchanger, Introduction; Plate-fin heat exchanger, tube-fin heat exchangers, Heat transfer,<br />

pressure, drop for finned-tube exchangers, pressure drop for plate-fin exchanger.<br />

Gasketed-Plate heat exchangers: Introduction; <strong>Mechanical</strong> features-plate pack and frame, plat types;<br />

Operational characteristics-main advantages, performance limits, Passes and flow arrangements, Applicationcorrosion,<br />

maintenance, Heat transfer and pressure, drop calculations-heat transfer area, mean flow channel<br />

gap, channel equivalent diameter, heat transfer coefficient, channel pressure drop, port pressure drop, overall<br />

heat transfer coefficient, heat transfer surface area, performance analysis , Thermal performance.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Condensers and Evaporators: introduction; Shell-and-tube condensers-horizontal shell-side condensers, vertical<br />

tube-side condensers, horizontal in-tube condensers ; steam turbine exhaust condensers ; Plate condensers ;<br />

Air-cooled condensers ; Direct contact condensers ; Thermal design <strong>of</strong> shell-and-tube condensers.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Heat Exchangers, Sadik kakac, Hongtan, CRC Press.<br />

2. Principals <strong>of</strong> heat transfer, F.Krieth & M.S. Bohn, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd, Delhi.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Heat exchangers, Design and Theory Source Books, N.H. Afgan and Schliinder (Editors). McGraw Hill Book<br />

Company.<br />

2. Compact heat Exchanger, W.M. Kays A.L. London, McGraw Hill book Company.


SEMESTER – VII<br />

EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS ME-7020<br />

Course Code ME – 7020 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instruction:<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will<br />

cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the<br />

course. Section A, B, C, & D will have to question from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and<br />

each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2.For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the section A, B, C, & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the question in<br />

Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Basic Laws <strong>of</strong> Stress transformation, principal stresses and principal planes, cauchy’s stress quards.<br />

Strain analysis, strain equations <strong>of</strong> transformation, Principal strain, Cauchy’s strain quadratic, stress –<br />

Strain relationship.<br />

Two dimensional Photoelasticity: stress optic law, optics <strong>of</strong> polarcope, plane and circular<br />

polariscopes, dark and light field arrangements fringe multiplication fringe sharp ending,<br />

compensation techniques, commonly employed photoelastic materials.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Three Dimensional Photo Elasticity: Neuman’s strain optic relationship, stress freezing in models<br />

materials for three dimensional photo elasticity, shear difference method <strong>of</strong> stress separation.<br />

Birefringent Coatings: Sensitivity, reinforcing effects and thickness <strong>of</strong> birefringent coatings.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Electric Resistance strain Gauges: Gauges construction and installation, temperature compensation,<br />

gauge sensitiveness, gauge factor, corrections for transverse strain effects. Factors affecting gauge<br />

relation. Reosettes Rosetre analysis potentiometer and wheatstone bridge circuits for strain<br />

measurements.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Brittle Costings: Introduction, coatings stresses and failure theories, different types <strong>of</strong> crack patterns,<br />

crack detection. Composition <strong>of</strong> brittle coating, coating cure, influence <strong>of</strong> atmospheric conditions,<br />

effect <strong>of</strong> biaxial stress field.<br />

Book Suggested:<br />

1. Experimental Stress Analysis – Dally & Riby, McGraw Hill, N.York 1987.<br />

2.Theory <strong>of</strong> Elasticity & Plasticity – Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1979.<br />

3. Theory <strong>of</strong> Plasticity – J. Chakrabarty, McGraw Hill, International Editions, 1987.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN ME – 8001<br />

Course Code ME – 8001<br />

Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A,<br />

B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each <strong>of</strong><br />

the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> nonprogrammable<br />

calculators is allowed.<br />

Section – A<br />

Fundamental and Hardware in CAD: Introduction; the Design Process; The Application <strong>of</strong> Computer for Design; Creating<br />

the Manufacturing Data Base; Benefits <strong>of</strong> CAD; The Design Work Station; The Graphics Terminal; Operator Input<br />

Devices; Plotters and other Output Devices; The Central Processing Unit; Secondary storage.<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> Computer Graphics and Graphical Techniques; Graphical Primitives; Point Plotting; Drawing <strong>of</strong> lines – DDA<br />

Algorithm; Bresenham’s Circle Algorithm; Ellipse, Scan Conversion – Real Time Conversion, Run Length Encoding, Cell<br />

Encoding, Frame Buffers, Rendering, Rasterising Polygons – Scan Converting Polygon, Seed Fill Algorithm; Hidden<br />

Surface Removal – Z buffer Algorithm, Antialiasing; Reflection; Shading; Generation <strong>of</strong> Characters; View Port; Pointing;<br />

Positioning Rubber Banding, Dragging; Clipping; Positioning <strong>of</strong> Text; Menu and Menu Alternatives; Graphics User<br />

Interface; Parts <strong>of</strong> Window Screen; Type <strong>of</strong> Windows.<br />

Section – B<br />

Two and Three Dimensional Transformations: Transformation <strong>of</strong> Point, Straight Line & Parallel Lines; Mid – Point<br />

Transformation; Rotation; Reflection; Scaling; Combined Transformation; Square and Slid body Transformation; Three<br />

Dimensional Scaling; Shearing, Rotation, Reflection and Translation; Multiple Transformation; Rotation about an Axis<br />

Parallel to a Co-ordinate Axis; Orthographic Projection; Problems.<br />

Plane and Space Curves: Curve Representation; Non – Parametric Curves; Parametric Representation <strong>of</strong> a Circle,<br />

Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola: Representation <strong>of</strong> Space Curve; Cubic Splines; Problems.<br />

Section – C<br />

Surface Description and Generation: Surfaces <strong>of</strong> Revolution, Sweep Surfaces, Quadric Surfaces, Piecewise Surface<br />

Representation, Mapping Parametric Surfaces, Bilinear Surface, Ruled and Developable Surfaces, Cone Surfaces,<br />

Beizer Surfaces Problems.<br />

Design and Drawing Using 2D & 3D Wire Frame Modeling Packages: Introduction Geometric & Wire Frame Modeling;<br />

2D & 3D Wire Frame Models Hardware for Drafting Packages; Command and Menu Driven s<strong>of</strong>twares; Features <strong>of</strong> a<br />

Drafting Package; Drawing Utilities, Entities; Edit commands, Blocks and Symbols; Display/View; Cross Hatching.<br />

Section – D<br />

Solid Modeling and Design Data Base: Scheme for representation Solid Objects – Pure Primitive Instancing, Special<br />

Occupancy Enumeration, Cell Decomposition, Constructive solid Geometry (CSG), Boundary Representation (B-Rep),<br />

Hybrid Schemes; Procedure for Creation <strong>of</strong> Solid Models, using Solid Models, using Solid Modeling Package: Data Base-<br />

Concept, Objectives, Structures, Design Considerations.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. CAD/CAM (Theory & Pactice) by Ibrahim – Zeid Published by Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />

2. Mathematical Elements for computer Graphics by David F. Rogers and J. Alan Adams, Published by McGraw<br />

Hill, New Yrk.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. CAD/CAM (Principles, Practice & Manufacturing Management) by Chris McMohan & Jimmie Browne, Published<br />

by Addison – Wesley.<br />

2. AutoCAD14 for Engg. Drawing Made Easy by P.Nageshwara Rao, Published by Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.<br />

3. Computer Graphics & Design by P.Radhakrishnan and G.P.Kothandaraman, Dhanpat Rai Pub.(Pvt.) Ltd., New<br />

Delhi.<br />

4. CAD/CAM by Mikell P. Groover and Emory W.Zimmers, Jr. ublished by Pentice Hall <strong>of</strong> India, New Delhi.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

POWER PLANT ENGINEERING ME – 8002<br />

Course Code ME – 8002<br />

Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course POWER PLANT ENGINEERING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover the<br />

entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question<br />

will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong><br />

non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section- A<br />

Introduction: Energy resources and their availability, Types <strong>of</strong> power plant, selection <strong>of</strong> the plants,<br />

review <strong>of</strong> basic thermodynamics cycles used in power plant.<br />

Hydro Electric Power Plants : Rainfall and run-<strong>of</strong>f measurements and plotting <strong>of</strong> various curves for<br />

estimating power plants, design, construction and operation <strong>of</strong> different components <strong>of</strong> hydroelectric<br />

power plant, site selection, comparision <strong>of</strong> other types <strong>of</strong> power plants.<br />

Section- B<br />

Steam Power Plants: Flow sheet and working <strong>of</strong> modern-thermal power plants, super critical<br />

pressure steam stations, site selection, coal storage, preparation, coal handling systems, feeding<br />

and burning <strong>of</strong> pulverized fuel, ash handling systems, dust collection-mechanical dust collector<br />

and electrostatic precipitator.<br />

Gas Turbine Power Plants: Types, open and closed gas turbine, work output & thermal efficiency,<br />

methods to improve thermal efficiency <strong>of</strong> gas turbine plant- reheating, inter- cooling regeneration &<br />

their combinations, advantage and disadvantages, comparison with steam power plant, problems.<br />

Section- C<br />

Nuclear Power Plants: Principles <strong>of</strong> nuclear energy, basic nuclear reactions, nuclear power station,<br />

trouble shooting and remedies.<br />

Power Plant Economics: Effect <strong>of</strong> plant type on costs, fixed elements, energy elements, customer<br />

elements and investor’s pr<strong>of</strong>it, depreciation and replacement.<br />

Section- D<br />

Non-Conventional Power Generation: Solar radiation estimation, solar energy collectors OTEC,<br />

wind power plants, geothermal resources.<br />

Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Fuel cell, MHD power generation-principle thermoelectric<br />

power generation, thermionic power generation.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Power station Engineering and Economy by Bernhardt G.A. skrotzki and William A. Vopat-<br />

Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

2. Power Plant Engineering: P.K. Nag Tata McGraw Hill second Edition 2001.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. An Introduction to Power Plant Technology by G.D. Rai-Khanna Publishers, 2-B,<br />

Nath Market, Nai Sarak, Delhi-110005<br />

2. A Course in Power Plant Engineering by Arora and Domkundwar – Dhanpat Rai and Co.<br />

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

3. Power Plant Engineering : M.M. El-Wakil McGraw Hill 1985


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT ME – 8003<br />

Course Code ME – 8003<br />

Credits : 4 L-3, T-0, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT<br />

Lectures to be delivered 39 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 0 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E.<br />

Section E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

short answer type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total<br />

marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have<br />

two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the<br />

subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is<br />

allowed.<br />

Section- A<br />

Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurship, Role <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship in Indian economy, Characteristics<br />

<strong>of</strong> entrepreneur, Types <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurs, some myths and realities about entrepreneurship.<br />

Small scale industries: Introduction, Role and scope <strong>of</strong> small scale industries, concept <strong>of</strong> small<br />

scale and ancillary industries undertaking, How to start a small scale industry, Steps in launching<br />

own venture, procedure for registration <strong>of</strong> small scale industries, various development agenciestheir<br />

functions and role in industrial and entrepreneurship development, infrastructure facilities<br />

available for entrepreneurship development in India.<br />

Section- B<br />

Product planning and Development: Introduction, Requirement <strong>of</strong> a good product design, product<br />

development approaches, Product development process, Elements <strong>of</strong> concurrent engineering,<br />

quality function development, Rapid prototyping, Various controlling agencies involved; their role<br />

and formalities for getting clearance before starting individual venture.<br />

Section- C<br />

Preparation <strong>of</strong> feasibility Project Report: Tools for evolution <strong>of</strong> techno economic feasibility project<br />

report, SWOT analysis.<br />

Section- D<br />

Elements <strong>of</strong> Marketing & Scales Management<br />

Nature <strong>of</strong> product and market strategy, packing and advertising, after sales service, social<br />

responsibility and business ethics.<br />

Important Legal Provisions<br />

Sales <strong>of</strong> good act, partnership act, packing and advertising, after sales service, social responsibility<br />

and business ethics.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. The practice <strong>of</strong> Entrepreneurship – G.G. Meredikh, R.E. Nelson and P.A. Neek<br />

2. Handbook <strong>of</strong> Entrepreneurship – Rao and Pareek<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Engineering Economics - Tarachand<br />

2. Industrial Engineering and Management - Ravi Shanker<br />

3. Industrial Engineering and Management - O.P. Khanna – Dhanpat Rai & Sons,<br />

NewDelhi.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LAB ME - 8005<br />

Course Code ME – 8005 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-3<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

39 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

i) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

ii) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Experiments:<br />

1. Implement line drawing and circle drawing algorithm.<br />

2. Write a program to create perspective and orthographic projections <strong>of</strong> 3.D<br />

Objects.<br />

3. To create 2-D and 3-D wire frame models <strong>of</strong> a bracket/spur gear on drafting<br />

package. Auto CAD/PROENGINEER/I-DEAS.<br />

4. To create cubic splines and Bezier spline curves for given control point.<br />

5. To create the surface <strong>of</strong> a diffuser section <strong>of</strong> Tunnel/propeller on solid<br />

Modeller/ Auto CAD/PROCENGINEER/I-DEAS<br />

6 To create solids e.g. cube with a hole, gear blank etc using constructive solid<br />

geometry Auto CAD/PROENGINEER/I-DEAS.<br />

7. To create solids e.g. cube with a hole, gear blank etc. using boundary<br />

representation on no gap between Auto CAD – Auto CAD/PROENGINEER/<br />

I-DEAS.<br />

At Least Six Experiments should be preformed from the above list. Remaining One<br />

Experiment designed and set by the concerned Institution as per the scope <strong>of</strong> the<br />

syllabus.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT LAB ME - 8007<br />

Course Code ME – 8007 Credits : 2 L-0, T-0, P-2<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Course<br />

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT LAB<br />

Lectures to be<br />

delivered<br />

26 hours <strong>of</strong> Lab sessions<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time = 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Marks: 20<br />

Laboratory Continuous Assessment (based on Max. Marks: 50 Min. Pass<br />

Lab work 30%, Lab record 25%,<br />

Viva 25%, Attendance 20%)<br />

Marks: 25<br />

Instructions for paper setter/Candidates<br />

Laboratory examination will consist <strong>of</strong> two parts:<br />

iii) Performing a practical examination assigned by the examiner (25 marks).<br />

iv) Viva-voce examination (25 marks).<br />

Viva-voce examination will be related to the practicals performed/projects executed by the<br />

candidate related to the paper during the course <strong>of</strong> the semester.<br />

List <strong>of</strong> Practical:<br />

1. Familiarization to entrepreneurship and its development in India.<br />

2. Collect the data from nearby existing small scale industries.<br />

3. Analysis <strong>of</strong> data and their different aspects.<br />

4. Suggestions, recommendation, improvements for the plant.<br />

5. To prepare the project report<br />

6. Case – Study


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING ME-8010<br />

Course Code ME – 8010<br />

Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will<br />

cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for<br />

the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus<br />

and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />

each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in<br />

Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Introduction: Evolution <strong>of</strong> maintenance, objective <strong>of</strong> maintenance, maintenance and philosophies,<br />

maintenance concept maintenance management & technology, relationship with other functional<br />

areas, importance <strong>of</strong> maintenance, elements <strong>of</strong> good maintenance economics <strong>of</strong> maintenance,<br />

training and safety aspects in maintenance.<br />

Maintenance strategies; classification <strong>of</strong> maintenance programs. Corrective, preventive and<br />

predictive maintenance, comparison <strong>of</strong> maintenance programs, preventive maintenance concept,<br />

functions, benefits, limitations.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Condition based maintenance (CBM); Objectives, what to monitor, when to monitor principal <strong>of</strong> CBM,<br />

condition based maintenance techniques, manual inspections performance monitoring, vibration<br />

monitoring, oil debris. Spectroscopy thermography and corrosion, monitoring steps in implementation<br />

<strong>of</strong> CBM, benefits <strong>of</strong> CBM.<br />

Reliability Centered maintenance (RCM): RCM logic, maintenance and RCM, benefits <strong>of</strong> RCM, total<br />

productive maintenance (TPM), introduction, key supporting elements <strong>of</strong> TPM methodology,<br />

evaluation and benefits,<br />

SECTION C<br />

Non-destructive Testing (NDT): Purpose and challenges; techniques, visual aids boroscopes,<br />

endoscopes fiber obtics scanner, magnetic particles inspection, liquid penetrants. Ultrasonic<br />

radiography, selection <strong>of</strong> NTD techniques, merits/demerits and application <strong>of</strong> various techniques.<br />

Maintenance Planning and Control: Basic ingredients, basic steps in maintenance management,<br />

maintenance planning and control system, documentation, maintenance productivity areas for<br />

improvement.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Reliability; maintenance & availability techniques for improvement <strong>of</strong> operation reliability, safety and<br />

availability <strong>of</strong> machines and production system, maintainability criteria, checklist to assess the<br />

maintainability improvement program, fault diagnosis, pareto principle, ishikawa diagram.<br />

Text books:<br />

1. Maintenance planning and control – Higgin L.R. McGram Hill book company 1988.<br />

2. Maintenance planning and control – Kelley Anthony, East-West Press Pvt. Ltd.<br />

Reference books:<br />

1. Maintainability principal and practices Blanchard B.S. Lowey E.E. Mc Graw Hill.<br />

2. Practical NDT – Raj B, Jayakumar T, Thavasimutyi K, Narora Publishing House.<br />

3. Engineering Maintenance Management – Nieble Benjamin W, Marcel Dekher.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

ROBOTICS ENGINEERING ME -8011<br />

Course Code ME – 8011<br />

Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ROBOTICS ENGINEERING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will<br />

cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for<br />

the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus<br />

and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />

each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in<br />

Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTIONA<br />

Robotic manipulation: Automation and Robots Classification – Drive Technologies Work-Envelope<br />

Geometries, Motion Control Method, Application: Robot Specifications – No. <strong>of</strong> Axes, Capacity and Speed,<br />

Reach and Stroke, Tool Orientation, Repeatability, Precision, Accuracy, Operating Environment, An Example;<br />

Rhino X-3.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Direct kinematics the arm equation homogenous Co-ordinates – frames, translation and rotations, composite<br />

homogenous transformations, screw transformations, link Co-ordinates; the arm equation; a five-axis<br />

articulated robot; a four-axis scara robot; a six-axis articulated robot; problem.<br />

Inverse kinematics: Solving the arm equation: the inverse kinematics problem general properties <strong>of</strong> solutions;<br />

tool configuration; inverse kinematics <strong>of</strong> a five-axis articulated robot, four-axis scara robot, six-axis articulated<br />

robot and three-axis planer articulated robot; A robotic work cell problems.<br />

SECTION C<br />

Work space analysis and trajectory planning; work space analysis; work envelope <strong>of</strong> a five axis articulated<br />

robot, work envelope <strong>of</strong> a four axis scara robot, work space fixtures, The pick and place Operation,<br />

Continuous path motion, Interpolated motion, straight line motion problem.<br />

Differential motion and statics: the tool configuration jacobian matrix; joint space singularties; generalised<br />

inverses; resolved motion rate control; n>6; rate control <strong>of</strong> reuntant rebots: n>6: rate control using (1)–inverse,<br />

the manipulator jacobian; induced joint Torques and forces problem.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Manipulator dynamics: Lagranges equation; kinetic & potential energy; generalized force; laqranges euler<br />

dynamic model; dynamic model <strong>of</strong> a two axis planer articulated robot and a three axis scara robot; direct &<br />

inverse dynamic recursive Newton – euler formulation; dynamic model <strong>of</strong> a one axis robot; problem.<br />

Robot control: the control problem; state equations; constant solutions; linear feedback system; single axis<br />

PID control; PD gravity control; computer – torque control; variable structure control; impedance control;<br />

problem.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Fundamental <strong>of</strong> robotics (analysis & control) by Robot J. Schilling Published by PHI, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.<br />

2. Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics & control) by John J.Craig Published by Addition Wesley (intl.<br />

student edition).<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Analysis robotics & mechatronics by wolfram stadler Published by Mc-Graw Hill inc New Delhi.<br />

2. industrial robotics – technology programmer & application by mikell P grover weiss nagel and ordef<br />

published by Mc-Graw Hill international edition.<br />

3. A robotics Engg. Text book – mohsen shahinpoor, harper & Low publishing New York.<br />

4. Robotics principal & Practice by K.C. Jain Aggarwal, Khanna Publishers, Nai Sarak, Delhi.<br />

5. Robotics Engg.- An integrated approach Richard D.K Klafter.<br />

Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael PHI 1989.<br />

6. Foundations <strong>of</strong> robotics analysis and control – Tsuneo yashikawa MIT press 1990.indian reprint 1998.<br />

7. Robots and control – R.K. Mittal and Nagrath – Tata McGraw Hill 2003.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

ERGONOMICS AND WORK PLACE DESIGN ME-8012<br />

Course Code ME – 8012<br />

Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ERGONOMICS AND WORK PLACE DESIGN<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End<br />

Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks:<br />

Examination<br />

40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Instructions<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E<br />

will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type,<br />

which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective<br />

sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end<br />

examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question<br />

from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION A<br />

Basic Principal <strong>of</strong> ergonomics: introduction to ergonomics; anthropometry, Posture and health;<br />

anthropometry practical; display, control and HMI; tools and equipment design; work place<br />

design and assessment; task analysis; questionnaire and interview design product design and<br />

evaluation; designing for manufacture; health and safety legislation and ergonomics.<br />

SECTION B<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> ergonomics principal; cognitive ergonomic; human information processing;<br />

memory; reading; perception; Navigation; problem solving; decision making; human computer<br />

interaction; input/output technology; usability; evaluation; health problem; future system, job<br />

design, scientific management, enrichment, equipment Rotation cells, shift work, management<br />

style and job design, change management.<br />

SECTION D<br />

Case Studies: set case studies will be used to demonstrate how ergonomics has lead to<br />

changes in work activity, safety and product design case studies will include advanced computer<br />

application, workplace assessment and re-design, accident analysis and industrial inspection,<br />

and in manufacturing. Students will be required to apply the principal to a real life ergonomics<br />

design as applied to a product, service or computer application.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Work design industrial ergonomics – knoz Stephan A. Johnson steven. Holcomb Hathaway<br />

Scottsdale, AZ.<br />

2. Human factors in engineering and design Sanders M.S. & McCormick E.J (1987), 6 th ed,<br />

McGraw Hill New York.<br />

Reference Books:<br />

1. Ergonomics man in his working environment Murrell, K.F.H. (1965) Champan & Hall London.<br />

2. Man – Machine engineering chapanis A wordsworth Publishing , Co.<br />

3. The practice and management <strong>of</strong> industrial erginimics Alexander D.C.(1986), Prentice-hall<br />

Englewood chiffs NJ.<br />

4. Textbook <strong>of</strong> work Physiology Astrand, P.O. Rhodahl, K. (1986) 3 rd ed. – McGraw Hill, New<br />

York.<br />

5. Human Factors in Lighting – Boyce P.R.(1981).Macmillan, New York.<br />

6. The Ergonomics <strong>of</strong> Workspaces and Machines : A design manual – Clark, T.S. & Corlett,<br />

EN.(1984), Taylor & Francis, London.<br />

7. The worker at work : A textbook concerned with men and women in the workplace, Fraser,<br />

T.M.(1989) Taylor & Francis, London.<br />

8. Ergonomics at work, Oborne, D (1987) Wiley, London.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

MODERN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES ME - 8013<br />

Course Code ME – 8013 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MODERN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass<br />

Examination<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional<br />

tests 50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminar 10%, Attendance 10%)<br />

Marks: 40<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section<br />

E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer<br />

type, which will cover the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the<br />

semester end examination for the course. Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from<br />

the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

the questions in Section E. Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

<strong>Mechanical</strong> Processes: Ultrasonic Machining – Elements <strong>of</strong> process, cutting tool system design,<br />

effect <strong>of</strong> parameters, economic considerations, applications, limitation <strong>of</strong> the process, advantages<br />

and disadvantages. Abrasive Jet Machining – Variables in AJM, metal removal rate in AJM. Water<br />

Jet Machining – Jet cutting equipments, process details, advantages and applications.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Electrochemical and Chemical Metal Removal Processes: Electrochemical Machining – Elements<br />

<strong>of</strong> ECM process, tool work gap, chemistry <strong>of</strong> the process, metal removal rate, accuracy, surface<br />

finish and other work material characteristics, economics, advantages, applications, limitations.<br />

Electrochemical grinding – Material removal, surface finish, accuracy, advantages, applications.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Thermal Metal Removal Processes: Electric Discharge Machining (EDM) <strong>of</strong> spark erosion<br />

machining processes, mechanism <strong>of</strong> metal removal, spark erosion generators, electrode feed<br />

control, dielectric fluids, flushing, electrodes for spark erosion, selection <strong>of</strong> electrode material, tool<br />

electrode design, surface finish, machining accuracy, machine tool selection, applications. Wire cut<br />

EDM, Laser beam machining (LBM) – Apparatus, material removal, cutting speed and accuracy <strong>of</strong><br />

cut, metallurgical effects, advantages and limitations.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Plasma arc Machining (PAM): Plasma, non thermal generation <strong>of</strong> plasma, mechanism <strong>of</strong> metal<br />

removal, PAM parameters ,equipments for D.C.plasma torch unit, safety precautions, economics,<br />

other applications <strong>of</strong> plasma jets. Electron beam Machining (EBM) – Generations and control<br />

electron beam, theory <strong>of</strong> electronic beam machining, process capabilities and limitations.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Modern Machining Processes – P.C.Pandey, H.S.Shan, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing<br />

Company Limited.<br />

2. Machining Manufacturing Science – Ghosh and Malik, Affiliated East – West Press.<br />

Reference Books:-<br />

1. Non Traditional Manufacturing Processes – Benedict G.F.Macel Dekker.<br />

2. Advanced Methods <strong>of</strong> Machining – Mc Geongh J.A., Chapman and Hall.


SEMESTER – VIII<br />

ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH ME - 8019<br />

Course Code ME – 8019 Credits : 4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L = 39, T = 13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max. Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Min. Pass Marks: 40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests<br />

50%, Tutorials/Assignments 30%, Quiz/Seminar 10%,<br />

Attendance 10%)<br />

Max. Marks: 50<br />

Instructions<br />

1. For Paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A, B, C, D & E. Section E will be<br />

compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short answer type, which will cover<br />

the entire syllabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

Section A, B, C & D will have two questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each<br />

question will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from<br />

each <strong>of</strong> the sections A, B, C & D <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong> the questions in Section E.<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Introduction to Operations Research<br />

Formulation <strong>of</strong> problems, simplex method problem <strong>of</strong> degenerals, dual simplex method revised simplex<br />

method, bounded variable problems.<br />

Integer Programming<br />

Graphical method, the branch and bound technicque, Gomary’s ALL-IPP method, transportation model,<br />

unbalance in transportation, transshipment problem, sensitivity analysis in transportation problems.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Dynamic Programming<br />

Bellman’s principle <strong>of</strong> optimality, examples on the application on routing problem, inventory problem, simplex<br />

problem, marketing problem.<br />

Network Analysis<br />

PERT and CPM, probability <strong>of</strong> achieving completion data, cost analysis, graph reduction theory, updating,<br />

resource allocation, resource smoothing.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Inventory Method:<br />

Variables in an inventory problem, inventory problem, inventory models with penalty, storage and quantity<br />

discount, safety stock, inventory models with probability, demand, multi item deterministic model.<br />

Queuing Theory<br />

Poison arrivals and exponential service times, waitng time and idle time cost, single channel multi channel<br />

problem. Monte technique applied to queuing problems, Poisson arrivals and service time.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Decision Theory Game<br />

Examples on the application <strong>of</strong> theory <strong>of</strong> games 2 XM and MX2 Problems, graphic dominance and linear<br />

programming method for different problems, decision trees.<br />

Replacement Models<br />

Replacement <strong>of</strong> items that deteriorate, gradually, fail suddenly, group placement policy, concept <strong>of</strong> system<br />

reliability.<br />

Text Books:<br />

v Kumar Gupta, Prem and Hira, D.S., “Operations Research”, S Chand & Company Limited, 1986.<br />

v Swarup, Kanti, Gupta, P.K. and Manmohan, “Operations Research”, Sultan Chand & Sons, New<br />

Delhi 1988.<br />

v Srinath L.S., “PERT & CPM Principles and Applications”, Affiliate East West Press (P) Limited, New<br />

Delhi, 1975.


SEMESTER-VIII<br />

CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING ME-8014<br />

Course Code CS-8014 Credits:4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max.Time: 3 hrs. Max Marks:100 Min.Pass Marks: 40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50<br />

%, Tutorials Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminars 10% Attendance 10%)<br />

Max.Marks:50<br />

1. For paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A,B,C,D & E. Section<br />

E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short<br />

answer type, which will cover the entire syallabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.Section A, B,C & D will have two<br />

questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A,B,C,D, <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

the questions in Section E.Use <strong>of</strong> Non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

Section-A<br />

Introduction: Limitations <strong>of</strong> vapour compression systems for production <strong>of</strong> low temperature,<br />

multistage systems, cascade system, production <strong>of</strong> solid carbon dioxide, magnetic cooling.<br />

Low Temperature Thermometru: temperature scales gas-vapour pressure thermometry, adiabatic<br />

demagnetization.<br />

SECTION-B<br />

Cryogenic Gases: Properties <strong>of</strong> cryogenic fluids-oxygen, nitrogen, air, hydrogen and helium Joule-<br />

Thomson effect and liquefaction <strong>of</strong> gases, liquefaction <strong>of</strong> air, hydrogen and helium, critical<br />

components <strong>of</strong> liquefiers, reftifier columns, separation <strong>of</strong> air, separation <strong>of</strong> helium from natural<br />

gase, distillation <strong>of</strong> liquid hydrogen & purification.<br />

SECTION-C<br />

Insulation: Vacuum insulation, gas filled powders and fibrous materials, solid forms, comparison <strong>of</strong><br />

various insulating materials.<br />

Storage: Types <strong>of</strong> insulated storage containers, various design considerations, safety aspectsflammability<br />

hazards and high pressure gas hazards.<br />

SECTION-D<br />

Transportation: Two phases flow, transfer thorough insulated and uninsulated lines, liquid line<br />

indicators, pumps and valves for cryogenic liquids.<br />

Applications: Industrial applications, research and development; <strong>Mechanical</strong>, thermal and<br />

thermoelectric properties <strong>of</strong> structural material at cryogenic temperatures.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Cryogenics and refrigeration Coldin.<br />

2. Experimental techniques in low temperature physics G.K.White, Clayrendon Press, Oxford.<br />

Reference:<br />

1. Crygenic research and applications-Marshall Sitting and Stephen and Kid, D.Van Nostrand<br />

Company.Inc.USA.<br />

2. Cryogenics-Bailey C.A<br />

3. Refrigeration and air conditioners-Spark and Dillo.


SEMESTER-VIII<br />

MATERIAL HANDLING AND PLANT LAYOUT ME-8015<br />

Course Code CS-8015 Credits:4 L-3, T-1, P-0<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> the Course MATERIAL HANDLING AND PLANT LAYOUT<br />

Lectures to be delivered 52 (1 Hr Each) (L=39, T=13 for each semester)<br />

Semester End Examination Max.Time: 3 hrs. Max Marks:100 Min.Pass Marks:40<br />

Continuous Assessment (based on sessional tests 50<br />

%, Tutorials Assignments 30%,<br />

Quiz/Seminars 10% Attendance 10%)<br />

Max.Marks:50<br />

1. For paper Setters: The question paper will consist <strong>of</strong> five sections A,B,C,D & E. Section<br />

E will be compulsory, it will consist <strong>of</strong> a single question with 10-20 subparts <strong>of</strong> short<br />

answer type, which will cover the entire syallabus and will carry 20% <strong>of</strong> the total marks<br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.Section A, B,C & D will have two<br />

questions from the respective sections <strong>of</strong> the syllabus and each question will carry 20%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the total marks <strong>of</strong> the semester end examination for the course.<br />

2. For Candidates: Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all selecting one<br />

question from each <strong>of</strong> the sections A,B,C,D, <strong>of</strong> the question paper and all the subparts <strong>of</strong><br />

the questions in Section E.Use <strong>of</strong> Non-programmable calculators is allowed.<br />

SECTION-A<br />

General : Concepts and factors governing plant locations economics, rural economics, rural Vs<br />

urban plant sites, case studies (i) Selection <strong>of</strong> a site for s<strong>of</strong>tware company(ii) Selection <strong>of</strong> a site for<br />

XYZ Company: analysis <strong>of</strong> alternatives.Introduction <strong>of</strong> plant layout, principles and objectives <strong>of</strong><br />

effective layout, advantages <strong>of</strong> good layout, symptoms <strong>of</strong> bad layout.Types <strong>of</strong> plant layout , their<br />

features.Applications and comparison, Introduction to group technology: its relevance, application<br />

and advantages.<br />

SECTION-B<br />

Planning the layout: Factors influencing plant layout; material factors, machinery factors, man<br />

factors movement factors, waiting factors, service factors, change factors, building factors,<br />

workstation design methods <strong>of</strong> plants and factory layout, plant layout procedure, factory building ,<br />

building equipments, common problems in plant layout, tool and techniques <strong>of</strong> layout, operation<br />

process chart, flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, evaluating alternate layout-various<br />

methods.<br />

Line balancing: Objective <strong>of</strong> line balancing problems; constraint in line balancing problem,<br />

terminology in assembly line, preventive measures to achieve a balanced production line.<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> line balancing: (a) Assembly line balancing (b) Fabrication line balancing, Heuristic and<br />

other method <strong>of</strong> line balancing, simple numerical problems in line balancing.<br />

SECTION-C<br />

Materials handing : Objectives <strong>of</strong> material handling systems, material handling engineering survey,<br />

basic features <strong>of</strong> handling, types <strong>of</strong> material handling systems, material handling engineering<br />

survey, basic features <strong>of</strong> handling, various materials handling, considerations including combined<br />

handling, space for movements, analysis <strong>of</strong> handling methods, economical and technical<br />

considerations <strong>of</strong> handling equipment, cost analysis <strong>of</strong> material handling systems.


SECTION-D<br />

Material handling equipments: Introduction, types <strong>of</strong> material handling equipment;<br />

selection and maintenance <strong>of</strong> material handling equipments, characteristics <strong>of</strong> material<br />

handling equipments such as conveyers, cranes, hoist, Amount <strong>of</strong> equipments required<br />

and predicting in process inventory by graphical technique.<br />

Travel Chart: Procedure for travel charting, numerical problem on optimum arrangement <strong>of</strong> various<br />

departments <strong>of</strong> shops under given constraints and to check their effectiveness.<br />

Text Books:-<br />

1. Plant Layuot and design – By Moore.<br />

2. Plant Layout and material handling – By Apple.<br />

Reference Books:-<br />

1. Plant Layout – By Shubhin.<br />

2. Construction Management - Mahesh Verma.


Semester – VIII<br />

GAS TURBINES AND JET PROPULSION ME-8016<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Compressible Flow: Wave propagation and sound velocity; Mach number and compressible flow<br />

regimes; basic equations for one dimensional compressible flow, isentropic flow relations; area<br />

velocity relation; normal shock waves, relations between upstream and downstream flow<br />

parameters.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Gas Turbine Systems and Cycles: System <strong>of</strong> operations <strong>of</strong> gas turbines – constant volume and<br />

constant pressure gas turbines; thermodynamics <strong>of</strong> Brayton cycle; regeneration – intercooling.<br />

Reheating and their combinations; closed cycle and semi closed cycle gas turbines; gas Vs<br />

I.C.engines and steam turbines.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Compressors: Classification – positive displacement and dynamic compressors. Operations <strong>of</strong><br />

single stage reciprocating compressors, best value <strong>of</strong> index <strong>of</strong> compression, isothermal efficiency,<br />

effect <strong>of</strong> clearance and volumetric efficiency, multistage compression, air motors. Centrifugal<br />

compressors, static and total head values; velocity vector diagrams; slip factor; pressure coefficient<br />

and prewhirl, Axial flow compressors; degree <strong>of</strong> reactions and polytropic efficiency performance<br />

characteristics, surging, choking and stalling.<br />

Combustion System: Types, combustion process, combustion intensity efficiency and pressure<br />

loss.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Air breathing Propulsion Systems: Principle <strong>of</strong> jet propulsion; analysis and performance<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and pulsejet; thrust power and propulsion efficiency.<br />

Rocket Propulsion: Operating principle; solid and liquid propellants, performance analysis<br />

calculations for specific impulse and propulsive efficiency.<br />

Text Books:<br />

1. Gas Turbine Theory – Cohen and Rogers.<br />

2. Principle <strong>of</strong> Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbine – Zucrow M J.<br />

Reference Book: Heat Engineering – Vasandani V P and Kumar D S, Metropolitan Book Co Pvt.<br />

Ltd.


SEMESTER - VIII<br />

EMERGING AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGIES ME – 8017<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Fuel Cell Technology for Vehicles: What is fuel cell, Type <strong>of</strong> fuel cell, Advantage <strong>of</strong> fuel cell.<br />

Current state <strong>of</strong> the technology. Potential and challenges. Advantages and disadvantages <strong>of</strong><br />

hydrogen fuel.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Latest Engine Technology Features: Advances in diesel engine technology, Direct fuel injection<br />

Gasoline engine. Diesel particular emission control. Throttling by wire. Variable Valve Timing,<br />

Method used to effect variable Valve Timing. Electromagnetic Valves. Camless engine actuation.<br />

42 Volt System: Need, benefits, potentials and challenges. Technology Implications for the<br />

Automotive Industry. Technological evolution that will occur as a result <strong>of</strong> the adoption <strong>of</strong> 42 volt<br />

systems.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles: Types <strong>of</strong> hybrid systems, Objective and Advantages <strong>of</strong> hybrid<br />

systems. Current status, Future developments and prospects <strong>of</strong> Hybrid Vehicles.<br />

Integrated Starter Alternator: Starts stop operation, Power Assist. Regenerative braking.<br />

Advanced lead acid batteries, Alkaline batteries, Lithium batteries, Development <strong>of</strong> new energy<br />

storage systems. Deep discharge and rapid charging ultra capacitors.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

X-By Wire Technology: What is X-By Wire, Advantage over hydraulic systems, Use <strong>of</strong><br />

Automotive micro controllers, Types <strong>of</strong> censors. Use <strong>of</strong> actuators in an automobile environment.<br />

Vehicle Systems: Constantly Variable Transmission, benefits, Brake by wire, Advantages over<br />

power Braking systems. Electrical assist. Steering, Steering by wire, Advantages <strong>of</strong> steering by<br />

wire. Semi-active and fully active suspension system. Advantages <strong>of</strong> fully active suspension system.<br />

Text and Reference Books:<br />

1. Advanced Vehicle technologies by Heinz Heisler – SAE International Publication.<br />

2. Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles by Ronald K.Jurgen – SAE International Publication.<br />

3. Batteries for Electric Vehicles by DAJ Rand, R.Woods and R.M.Dell – SAE International<br />

Publication.<br />

4. Electronics Braking, Traction and Stability Control – SAE Hardboud papers.<br />

5. Electronics steering and suspension systems – SAE Hardboud papers.<br />

6. 42 Volt systems by Daniel J. Holt – SAE International Publication.<br />

7. Diesel Particulate Emission by J. H. Johnson – SAE Hardboud papers.<br />

8. Fuel Cell Technologies for Vehicles by Richard Stobart – SAE Hardboud papers.


SEMESTER- VIII<br />

THEORY OF ELASTICITY & PLASTICITY ME – 8018<br />

SECTION – A<br />

Basic Elasticity: Three dimensional stress and strain systems. Principal stresses, principal<br />

strains and Principal planes. Mohr’s circle for 3-dimensional stress and strain systems.<br />

Two Dimensional Elasticity: Stress functions, plane stress and plain strain methods.<br />

Torsion: Torsion <strong>of</strong> circular and elliptical bars – Elastic analysis.<br />

SECTION – B<br />

Introduction to Plasticity: Idealised stress strain systems, approximate equation for stress strain<br />

curves (Remberg – Osgood, Ludwing’s and Karunes equations), Bausschinger effect-yield<br />

locus, yield surface.<br />

SECTION – C<br />

Yield Criteria and Flow Rules: Tresca theory & Von-Mises yield criterion, their geometrical<br />

representation, experimental evidence for the criteria.<br />

Slip line field Theory: Two dimensional plasticity, slip lines, basic equations, Hencky’s first<br />

theorem, Geiringer’s Velocity equation, Application <strong>of</strong> slip line field theory to plane strain<br />

problems.<br />

SECTION – D<br />

Load Bounding: The lower bound theorem, the upper bound theorem and their corollaries.<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> load bounding to plane strain problems.<br />

Books Suggested:<br />

1. Plasticity for Mech. Engrs.: Johnson & Miller – Van Nostrand.<br />

2. Exp. Analysis : Dally & Riley.<br />

3. Elasticity : Sokolnik<strong>of</strong>f.<br />

4. Analysis <strong>of</strong> stress and strain: Durlli, Phillips – McGraw Hill.<br />

5. Engg. Plasticity: Calladina – Pergaman Press.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!